{"title":"Bakery \u0026 Patisserie Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eA bakery runs on three stages: mixing, proving and baking. Spiral mixers develop dough, provers control the rise, and deck ovens carry the bake. Commercial Kitchen Appliances supplies all three plus the refrigerated display that sells the result, ex-GST, delivered Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"b40gx","title":"Tyron Heavey Duty Planetary Mixer 40L B40GX","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone B40GX is a \u003cstrong\u003e40 litre heavy duty planetary mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e on a belt-and-variable-frequency drive and speed memory. Wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater are included. Notably for a 40 litre machine it draws \u003cstrong\u003e1,500 W and runs from a standard 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — no electrical work, unlike the 80 litre model in the same range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B40GX\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuinely variable rather than a few gear steps, so you can fold at a crawl and aerate at speed on one machine, and the drive ramps rather than jolting the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the setting survives a staff change instead of being re-guessed each shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital timer with front-mounted controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — readable and settable from where the operator actually stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three attachments included\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater supplied, so nothing else is needed before first use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects the motor where the supply is not clean - a real risk in older buildings and food courts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheating protection with error codes\u003c\/strong\u003e — it stops itself and then tells you why\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented power system running cooler and quieter\u003c\/strong\u003e — relevant in a bakery where the mixer runs for hours at a stretch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel body, scratch, moisture and corrosion resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for a room that gets washed down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 litres on a 10 A supply\u003c\/strong\u003e — the practical advantage over the 80 litre model, which needs 415 V three-phase. At this bowl size a plug-in machine saves a real installation cost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB40GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB40GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanetary mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 variable, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachments included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire whisk, dough hook, flat beater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital timer, front-mounted controls, speed memory, error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; tolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 1,500 W, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e675 x 741 x 1154 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 x 850 x 1340 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e128 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B40GX suits bakeries, patisseries, pizzerias and production kitchens working in 40 litre batches. It is floor-standing at 1154 mm and 128 kg, but its 10 A supply means it can go in without an electrician.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-planetary-mixers\"\u003ecommercial planetary mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 10 A power point, so no electrical work is required. At 128 kg it is a multi-person move and a floor-standing installation. Allow clearance above the bowl for the head to rise and for a 40 litre bowl to be lifted clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does a 40 litre mixer really run from a standard power point?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It draws 1,500 W at 240 V, which is about 6.3 A and sits comfortably inside a 10 A circuit. That is a genuine saving against the 80 litre model in this range, which needs a 415 V three-phase supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which attachments come with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, plus the safety guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the advantage of a variable frequency drive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGenuinely variable speed rather than gear steps, and the drive ramps rather than jolting a heavy bowl. On 40 litres of dough that matters for the life of the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have the automatic bowl positioning and trolley?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. That feature is specified for the 60 and 80 litre models in this range, not for the 40 litre. On this machine the bowl is handled manually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the 80 litre B80GX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBowl size, supply and bowl handling. The 80 litre runs on 415 V three-phase, weighs 348 kg against this machine's 128 kg, and adds automatic bowl positioning with a trolley. If 40 litres meets your batch size, the installation is far simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B40GX come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does a 40 litre mixer really run from a standard power point?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It draws 1,500 W at 240 V, which is about 6.3 A and sits comfortably inside a 10 A circuit. That is a genuine saving against the 80 litre model in this range, which needs a 415 V three-phase supply.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which attachments come with it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, plus the safety guard.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the advantage of a variable frequency drive?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Genuinely variable speed rather than gear steps, and the drive ramps rather than jolting a heavy bowl. On 40 litres of dough that matters for the life of the machine.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it have the automatic bowl positioning and trolley?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. That feature is specified for the 60 and 80 litre models in this range, not for the 40 litre. On this machine the bowl is handled manually.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the 80 litre B80GX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Bowl size, supply and bowl handling. The 80 litre runs on 415 V three-phase, weighs 348 kg against this machine's 128 kg, and adds automatic bowl positioning with a trolley. If 40 litres meets your batch size, the installation is far simpler.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B40GX come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539811041581,"sku":"B40GX","price":3986.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyron-heavey-duty-planetary-mixer-40l-b40gx-3493069.png?v=1776341676"},{"product_id":"fedx-bakery-chiller-cabinet-xpa800tn","title":"FED-X Bakery Chiller Cabinet 737L 10-Tray - XPA800TN","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe FED-X XPA800TN is a bakery chiller cabinet that holds 737 L gross (612 L net) of chilled product across 10 full-size 600×800 mm trays at -2 to +5°C, built for bakeries, patisseries and high-volume kitchens. It runs on a 240V\/10A supply, uses R290 natural refrigerant with fan-forced cooling and a Dixell digital controller, and pairs a self-closing reversible door with all-stainless construction for demanding tray-based workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the XPA800TN\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 × 600×800 mm tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — chills full bakery trays and GN-compatible pans in one 737 L cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan-forced cooling\u003c\/strong\u003e — distributes -2 to +5°C evenly for consistent chilling across every tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDixell digital control \u0026amp; readout\u003c\/strong\u003e — precise temperature setting and monitoring for bakery work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eR290 natural refrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e — low-GWP eco-friendly refrigerant with efficient performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReversible self-closing door\u003c\/strong\u003e — hands-free closing that suits busy tray-in, tray-out workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel interior \u0026amp; exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e — hard-wearing, hygienic and easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal LED lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps the cabinet interior visible during loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic defrost\u003c\/strong\u003e — reduces manual maintenance in a high-use environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e60 mm CFC-free insulation\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds temperature efficiently at up to 43°C ambient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFED-X\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXPA800TN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBakery chiller cabinet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGross capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e737 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e612 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 × 600 × 800 mm pans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-2 to +5°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 295W \/ 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR290\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 mm, CFC free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eController\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDixell digital\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel interior \u0026amp; exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax ambient\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e43°C at 70% RH\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 × 990 × 2010 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1015 × 765 × 2070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e134 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 yr parts \u0026amp; labour + 2 yr parts only (register within 14 days)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XPA800TN suits bakeries, patisseries, pastry sections and high-volume kitchens that work in full 600×800 mm trays and need reliable chilling to -2 to +5°C. Its 43°C ambient rating means it copes with hot bakery environments; it is a chiller, not a prover or hot-holding cabinet, so it is not suited to warm dough proving. Compare it with the rest of our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bakery-equipment\"\u003eBakery Equipment\u003c\/a\u003e or see the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fed-x\"\u003eFED-X\u003c\/a\u003e range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlugs into a standard 240V\/10A single-phase power point (295W), so no special wiring is required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Ask about SilverChef finance to spread the cost. Warranty is 2 years parts and labour plus 2 years parts only when the unit is registered within 14 days of invoice; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the XPA800TN?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt offers 737 L gross and 612 L net, holding up to 10 full-size 600×800 mm trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates at -2 to +5°C, making it a chiller for cold storage of bakery product, and is rated for ambient temperatures up to 43°C at 70% relative humidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the XPA800TN a chiller or a prover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is a refrigerated bakery chiller cabinet running at -2 to +5°C; it is not a warm dough prover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat refrigerant and controller does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt uses R290 natural refrigerant with fan-forced cooling and a Dixell digital controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the XPA800TN include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is covered by 2 years parts and labour plus a further 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"FED-X","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539811205421,"sku":"XPA800TN","price":3067.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-x-bakery-chiller-cabinet-xpa800tn-4300252.png?v=1776341670"},{"product_id":"b60gx","title":"Tyrone Heavy Duty Planetary Mixer 60L – B60GX","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone B60GX is a \u003cstrong\u003e60 litre heavy duty planetary mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with 10 variable speeds on a belt-and-variable-frequency drive, speed memory, and — unlike the smaller models in the range — \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e, which is what makes a 60 litre bowl manageable by one person. Wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater are included. It is rated at \u003cstrong\u003e2,500 W\u003c\/strong\u003e. Please read the FAQ on electrical supply before you order — our data is contradictory and we would rather tell you than guess.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B60GX\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic bowl positioning adjustment with trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e — the feature that matters at 60 litres: a full bowl of dough is beyond a safe manual lift, and the trolley means one person can still run the machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three attachments included\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater supplied, so there is no accessory order before first use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds via a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — fold slowly or whip fast on one machine, with the drive ramping rather than jolting a heavy load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the recipe setting survives a staff change\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital timer with front-mounted controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — readable and settable from where the operator stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects the motor where the supply is not clean, which matters on a machine this size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheating protection plus error codes\u003c\/strong\u003e — it stops itself and reports the reason\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented power system running cooler and quieter\u003c\/strong\u003e — relevant in a bakery where the mixer runs for hours at a time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel body, scratch, moisture and corrosion resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for a wash-down room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB60GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB60GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanetary mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 variable, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic bowl positioning adjustment with trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachments included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire whisk, dough hook, flat beater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital timer, front-mounted controls, speed memory, error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; tolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectrical supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot published - our data is contradictory, see FAQ\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e816 x 823 x 1472 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 x 1110 x 1570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B60GX suits production bakeries, large patisseries, pizzerias and central kitchens working in 60 litre batches. At this size it is a floor-standing machine and a planned installation rather than a bench appliance — settle the electrical supply and the dimensions with us before you commit the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-planetary-mixers\"\u003ecommercial planetary mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConfirm the electrical supply with us and with your electrician before ordering.\u003c\/strong\u003e Our product data holds two different answers for this machine — one field describes a 415 V three-phase supply and the other a 240 V single-phase supply — and the difference is a plug-in appliance versus a hard-wired three-phase installation. Both agree the machine is rated at 2,500 W, so that is the only figure we publish. Our data also records no assembled dimensions or net weight for this model, only a packed size of 870 x 1110 x 1570 mm, so ask us for the measured figures before you plan the space or the lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What electrical supply does the B60GX need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe are not going to tell you, because our data does not agree with itself. One field records 415 V three-phase and another records 240 V single phase. That is not a small discrepancy - it is the difference between plugging the machine in and paying an electrician to run a three-phase circuit. Both fields agree on 2,500 W. Contact our team so we can confirm the supply with the supplier before you order, and do not book electrical work on the basis of this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does the bowl positioning trolley matter on a 60 litre mixer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 60 litre bowl full of dough is well beyond a safe manual lift. Automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley is what lets one person raise, lower and move the bowl instead of needing two people or risking an injury.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the machine's dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur product data does not record them for this model - only the packed size of 870 x 1110 x 1570 mm. Rather than derive an assembled figure from a carton, contact our team for measured dimensions and weight before you plan the space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which attachments are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, all supplied with the machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the 20 litre B20GX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBowl size is the main difference - 60 litres against 20 - and the B60GX adds automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley, which the smaller machine does not have. Both use the same variable frequency drive, ten speeds, speed memory and the same three attachments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B60GX come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What electrical supply does the B60GX need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"We are not going to tell you, because our data does not agree with itself. One field records 415 V three-phase and another records 240 V single phase. That is not a small discrepancy - it is the difference between plugging the machine in and paying an electrician to run a three-phase circuit. Both fields agree on 2,500 W. Contact our team so we can confirm the supply with the supplier before you order, and do not book electrical work on the basis of this page.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does the bowl positioning trolley matter on a 60 litre mixer?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 60 litre bowl full of dough is well beyond a safe manual lift. Automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley is what lets one person raise, lower and move the bowl instead of needing two people or risking an injury.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the machine's dimensions and weight?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our product data does not record them for this model - only the packed size of 870 x 1110 x 1570 mm. Rather than derive an assembled figure from a carton, contact our team for measured dimensions and weight before you plan the space.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which attachments are included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, all supplied with the machine.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the 20 litre B20GX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Bowl size is the main difference - 60 litres against 20 - and the B60GX adds automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley, which the smaller machine does not have. Both use the same variable frequency drive, ten speeds, speed memory and the same three attachments.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B60GX come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539816186157,"sku":"B60GX","price":10191.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-heavy-duty-planetary-mixer-60l-b60gx-4132160.png?v=1776341557"},{"product_id":"b80gx","title":"Tyrone Heavey Duty Planetary Mixer 80L – B80GX","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone B80GX is an \u003cstrong\u003e80 litre heavy duty planetary mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e and the largest in the range. It has \u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e on a belt-and-variable-frequency drive and — critically at this size — \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e, because an 80 litre bowl of dough is far beyond a safe manual lift. It runs on \u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase at 2,500 W\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it is a hard-wired installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B80GX\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic bowl positioning adjustment with trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e — the feature that makes 80 litres workable by one person. A full bowl at this size cannot be lifted safely, and this model is explicitly specified with it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuinely variable rather than a few gear steps, so you can fold at a crawl and aerate at speed on one machine, and the drive ramps rather than jolting the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the setting survives a staff change instead of being re-guessed each shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital timer with front-mounted controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — readable and settable from where the operator actually stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three attachments included\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater supplied, so nothing else is needed before first use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects the motor where the supply is not clean - a real risk in older buildings and food courts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheating protection with error codes\u003c\/strong\u003e — it stops itself and then tells you why\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented power system running cooler and quieter\u003c\/strong\u003e — relevant in a bakery where the mixer runs for hours at a stretch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel body, scratch, moisture and corrosion resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for a room that gets washed down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase\u003c\/strong\u003e — both power fields on this product agree on three-phase, so plan an electrician and a switchboard run - unlike the 10 and 40 litre models, which are plug-in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e348 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e — mass is what keeps an 80 litre mixer stable under a heavy dough, and it means a planned installation rather than a delivery\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB80GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB80GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanetary mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 variable, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic bowl positioning adjustment with trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachments included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire whisk, dough hook, flat beater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital timer, front-mounted controls, speed memory, error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; tolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 V three-phase plus neutral, 2,500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-wired by an electrician - not a plug-in appliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e847 x 945 x 1477 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 x 1110 x 1620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e348 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B80GX suits production bakeries, large patisseries and central kitchens working in 80 litre batches. At 348 kg on a 847 x 945 mm footprint it is a planned installation with a three-phase circuit, not something that arrives and gets plugged in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-planetary-mixers\"\u003ecommercial planetary mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis machine needs a 415 V three-phase supply and must be hard-wired by a licensed electrician.\u003c\/strong\u003e Both power fields on this product agree on three-phase at 2,500 W, so the requirement is clear — but have your electrician confirm the switchboard capacity before you order. At 348 kg it is a rigging job: check the delivery route, floor loading and door widths against the 870 x 1110 x 1620 mm packed size. Allow clearance above the bowl and room for the bowl trolley to move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What electrical supply does the B80GX need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e415 V three-phase plus neutral at 2,500 W, hard-wired by a licensed electrician. Both power fields on this product agree, so unlike some models in this range there is no ambiguity - but confirm your switchboard has the capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does the bowl trolley matter at 80 litres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn 80 litre bowl full of dough is well beyond a safe manual lift. Automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley is what lets one person raise, lower and move the bowl instead of needing two people or risking an injury. This model is explicitly specified with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the 40 litre B40GX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBowl size, supply and bowl handling. This is 80 litres, 415 V three-phase, 348 kg, with the bowl trolley. The 40 litre runs from a 10 A plug at 128 kg and handles the bowl manually. If 40 litres covers your batch, the installation is dramatically simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which attachments are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, plus the safety guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is involved in getting it into the kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlan it properly. It ships at 870 x 1110 x 1620 mm and weighs 348 kg, so check door widths, the delivery route and floor loading, and have the three-phase circuit ready before it arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B80GX come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What electrical supply does the B80GX need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"415 V three-phase plus neutral at 2,500 W, hard-wired by a licensed electrician. Both power fields on this product agree, so unlike some models in this range there is no ambiguity - but confirm your switchboard has the capacity before ordering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does the bowl trolley matter at 80 litres?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"An 80 litre bowl full of dough is well beyond a safe manual lift. Automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley is what lets one person raise, lower and move the bowl instead of needing two people or risking an injury. This model is explicitly specified with it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the 40 litre B40GX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Bowl size, supply and bowl handling. This is 80 litres, 415 V three-phase, 348 kg, with the bowl trolley. The 40 litre runs from a 10 A plug at 128 kg and handles the bowl manually. If 40 litres covers your batch, the installation is dramatically simpler.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which attachments are included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, plus the safety guard.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is involved in getting it into the kitchen?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Plan it properly. It ships at 870 x 1110 x 1620 mm and weighs 348 kg, so check door widths, the delivery route and floor loading, and have the three-phase circuit ready before it arrives.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B80GX come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539816841517,"sku":"B80GX","price":11041.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-heavey-duty-planetary-mixer-80l-b80gx-2051750.png?v=1776341515"},{"product_id":"b20gx","title":"Tyrone Heavey Duty Planetary Mixer 20L – B20GX","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone B20GX is a \u003cstrong\u003e20 litre heavy duty planetary mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e on a belt-and-variable-frequency drive, and it \u003cstrong\u003ememorises your preferred mixing speed\u003c\/strong\u003e. All three attachments are included — \u003cstrong\u003ewire whisk, dough hook and flat beater\u003c\/strong\u003e — so it is ready to work on arrival. It draws 1,000 W from a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B20GX\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three attachments included\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater - no separate accessory purchase before you can use it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds via a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuinely variable rather than a few fixed gears, so you can fold at a crawl and whip at speed on the same machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the setting survives a staff change rather than being re-guessed each shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital timer with front-mounted controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — you can set and read it from where you stand, not by reaching around the machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel body in scratch-resistant materials\u003c\/strong\u003e — it still looks serviceable after a year on a bakery bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects the motor on a site with unstable supply, which is a real risk in older buildings and food courts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheating protection plus error codes\u003c\/strong\u003e — it stops itself and then tells you why\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented power system running cooler and quieter\u003c\/strong\u003e — less heat into the room and less noise into the service area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMoisture and corrosion resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for a room that gets washed down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns from a standard 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1,000 W, so no electrical work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB20GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB20GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanetary mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 variable, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachments included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire whisk, dough hook, flat beater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital timer, front-mounted controls, speed memory, error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; tolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBody\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, scratch-resistant; moisture and corrosion resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 1,000 W, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e484 x 518 x 690 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 x 720 x 950 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B20GX suits cafes, patisseries, small bakeries and restaurant kitchens doing creams, batters, icings and moderate dough work. At 484 mm wide and 63 kg it is a benchtop or low-stand machine, and it plugs into an ordinary outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-planetary-mixers\"\u003ecommercial planetary mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 10 A power point, so no electrical work is required. At 63 kg it is a two-person lift onto a bench or stand. Allow clearance above the bowl for the head and for lifting attachments clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which attachments come with the B20GX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree: a wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater. They are included, so nothing else is needed before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the advantage of a variable frequency drive over fixed speeds?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt gives genuinely variable speed instead of a handful of gear steps, so you can fold delicate mixes slowly and whip at high speed on the same machine, and the drive ramps rather than jolting the load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need special wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It draws 1,000 W at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it protected if the site has unstable power?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is specified to tolerate large current fluctuations to avoid motor damage, and it also carries overload and overheating protection with an error code system so you can see why it stopped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the B20GX and the larger B60GX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBowl size, principally - 20 litres against 60. They share the variable frequency drive, the ten speeds, the speed memory and the same three included attachments. The larger machine also has automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley, which the 20 litre model does not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B20GX come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which attachments come with the B20GX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three: a wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater. They are included, so nothing else is needed before you start.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the advantage of a variable frequency drive over fixed speeds?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It gives genuinely variable speed instead of a handful of gear steps, so you can fold delicate mixes slowly and whip at high speed on the same machine, and the drive ramps rather than jolting the load.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need special wiring?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It draws 1,000 W at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it protected if the site has unstable power?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is specified to tolerate large current fluctuations to avoid motor damage, and it also carries overload and overheating protection with an error code system so you can see why it stopped.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between the B20GX and the larger B60GX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Bowl size, principally - 20 litres against 60. They share the variable frequency drive, the ten speeds, the speed memory and the same three included attachments. The larger machine also has automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley, which the 20 litre model does not.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B20GX come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539816972589,"sku":"B20GX","price":2201.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-heavey-duty-planetary-mixer-20l-b20gx-3698206.png?v=1776341513"},{"product_id":"b10gx","title":"Tyrone Heavey Duty Planetary Mixer 10L – B10GX","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone B10GX is a \u003cstrong\u003e10 litre heavy duty planetary mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e on a belt-and-variable-frequency drive, and it memorises your preferred mixing speed. \u003cstrong\u003eWire whisk, dough hook and flat beater are all included\u003c\/strong\u003e, behind a safety guard. It draws 750 W from a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B10GX\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuinely variable rather than a few gear steps, so you can fold at a crawl and aerate at speed on one machine, and the drive ramps rather than jolting the load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the setting survives a staff change instead of being re-guessed each shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital timer with front-mounted controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — readable and settable from where the operator actually stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three attachments included\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater supplied, so nothing else is needed before first use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects the motor where the supply is not clean - a real risk in older buildings and food courts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheating protection with error codes\u003c\/strong\u003e — it stops itself and then tells you why\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented power system running cooler and quieter\u003c\/strong\u003e — relevant in a bakery where the mixer runs for hours at a stretch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel body, scratch, moisture and corrosion resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for a room that gets washed down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e750 W on a standard 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — the smallest machine in the GX range and the simplest to install - no electrical work at all\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB10GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB10GX\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanetary mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 variable, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachments included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire whisk, dough hook, flat beater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital timer, front-mounted controls, speed memory, error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; tolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 750 W, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e447 x 518 x 690 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 610 x 840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B10GX suits cafes, patisseries and restaurant kitchens doing creams, batters and icings in 10 litre batches. At 447 mm wide it is a benchtop or low-stand machine, and it plugs into an ordinary outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-planetary-mixers\"\u003ecommercial planetary mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 10 A power point, so no electrical work is required. Allow clearance above the bowl for the head and for attachments to lift clear. Our product data records no net weight for this model, so if the bench rating matters, ask us for a measured figure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which attachments come with the B10GX?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree: a wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater. They are included along with the safety guard, so nothing else is needed before you start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the advantage of a variable frequency drive?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGenuinely variable speed rather than a handful of gear steps, and the drive ramps rather than jolting the load. That lets one machine fold delicately and whip at speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need special wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It draws 750 W at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur product data does not record a net weight for this model, so we are not going to publish one. Ask our team if the bench or stand rating matters to you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does it compare with the larger models in the range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBowl size and supply. This is 10 litres on a 10 A plug. The 40 litre model is also single-phase, while the 80 litre is 415 V three-phase and adds automatic bowl positioning with a trolley. Check the specific model - the supply requirement changes across the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B10GX come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which attachments come with the B10GX?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Three: a wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater. They are included along with the safety guard, so nothing else is needed before you start.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the advantage of a variable frequency drive?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Genuinely variable speed rather than a handful of gear steps, and the drive ramps rather than jolting the load. That lets one machine fold delicately and whip at speed.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need special wiring?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It draws 750 W at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How heavy is it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our product data does not record a net weight for this model, so we are not going to publish one. Ask our team if the bench or stand rating matters to you.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does it compare with the larger models in the range?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Bowl size and supply. This is 10 litres on a 10 A plug. The 40 litre model is also single-phase, while the 80 litre is 415 V three-phase and adds automatic bowl positioning with a trolley. Check the specific model - the supply requirement changes across the range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B10GX come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539817005357,"sku":"B10GX","price":1691.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-heavey-duty-planetary-mixer-10l-b10gx-8072592.png?v=1776341517"},{"product_id":"htd-20l","title":"Yasaki Tilting Head Removable Bowl 20L Spiral Mixer - HTD-20L","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Yasaki HTD-20L is a \u003cstrong\u003e20 litre spiral mixer with a tilting head and a removable bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e — which is the whole point of it: you tip the head back and lift the bowl out rather than emptying the dough over the rim. Drive is \u003cstrong\u003echain and gear\u003c\/strong\u003e, controls run at \u003cstrong\u003e24 V low voltage\u003c\/strong\u003e, and it has a 0 to 30-minute timer. Important: it is specified for \u003cstrong\u003e45 to 50 % hydration\u003c\/strong\u003e dough. It runs from a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the HTD-20L\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecified for 45 to 50 % hydration dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — check this first. Hydration is water weight as a percentage of flour weight, and 45-50 % is a firm dough - most pizza and bread recipes run wetter. This is the spec most likely to make the machine the wrong choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilting head with removable bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e — tip the head back and lift the bowl out. On a fixed-head mixer you scrape a 20 litre bowl over the rim, which is slow and hard on the operator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 V low-voltage controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — the control circuit runs at 24 V rather than mains. In a wet bakery that is a genuine safety design decision, not a marketing line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eChain and gear-driven transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e — no belt to stretch or slip as the dough stiffens, which is where belt drives lose their grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotation 16 rpm, hook 156 rpm\u003c\/strong\u003e — both speeds published, so you can compare it properly against another spiral mixer rather than guessing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMicro-switch protected safety guard\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bowl cannot be reached while the hook is turning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll food-contact parts stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — bowl, hook and shaft - the parts that touch dough all wash down properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0 to 30 minute timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — a multi-stage mix runs to time rather than to somebody watching the clock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors with two brakes plus supporting feet\u003c\/strong\u003e — it rolls for cleaning behind and then sits on feet under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns from a standard 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.5 kW, so no electrical work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYasaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHTD-20L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHTD-20L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral mixer, tilting head with removable bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 L, removable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTilting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable dough hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 to 50 per cent water to flour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl rotation speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHook speed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e156 rpm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChain and gear driven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 V low voltage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 30 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMicro-switch protected safety guard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-contact parts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors, 2 braked, plus supporting feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 1.5 kW, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 x 400 x 730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 850 x 970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts and labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe HTD-20L suits bakeries, pizzerias, cafes and restaurant kitchens working firm doughs in 20 litre batches, where lifting the bowl out matters more than raw capacity. Check the 45 to 50 % hydration band against your recipe before ordering — it is a firmer dough than many pizza formulas use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-spiral-mixers\"\u003ecommercial spiral mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/yasaki\"\u003eYasaki\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 10 A power point, so no electrical work is required. It rolls on castors with two brakes and sits on supporting feet under load. Allow clearance above and behind for the head to tilt back, and room to lift the bowl clear. Our data records no net weight for this model, so if the floor or a stand rating matters, ask us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the 45 to 50 % hydration specification mean for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHydration is water weight as a percentage of flour weight. At 45 to 50 per cent this mixer is specified for a firm dough - many pizza formulas run at 60 per cent or more, and a wetter dough puts a different load on the drive. Work out your recipe's hydration before ordering, and talk to us if it sits above the band.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why choose a tilting head with a removable bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEmptying. On a fixed-head mixer you scrape 20 litres of dough out over the bowl rim. Here you tip the head back and lift the whole bowl out, which is faster and much easier on the operator's back - it is the main reason to pay for this design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What do 24 V controls actually give me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe control circuit runs at 24 volts rather than mains voltage. In a bakery where the machine gets wiped down and hands are wet, keeping mains voltage out of the control panel is a real safety design decision.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Chain drive or belt drive - does it matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does as the dough stiffens. A belt can slip at exactly the point the mix needs the most force; a chain and gear drive holds its ratio. The trade-off is that a belt absorbs shock loads more gently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need special wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It draws 1.5 kW at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the HTD-20L come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 2 years on parts and labour. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the 45 to 50 % hydration specification mean for me?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Hydration is water weight as a percentage of flour weight. At 45 to 50 per cent this mixer is specified for a firm dough - many pizza formulas run at 60 per cent or more, and a wetter dough puts a different load on the drive. Work out your recipe's hydration before ordering, and talk to us if it sits above the band.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why choose a tilting head with a removable bowl?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Emptying. On a fixed-head mixer you scrape 20 litres of dough out over the bowl rim. Here you tip the head back and lift the whole bowl out, which is faster and much easier on the operator's back - it is the main reason to pay for this design.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What do 24 V controls actually give me?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The control circuit runs at 24 volts rather than mains voltage. In a bakery where the machine gets wiped down and hands are wet, keeping mains voltage out of the control panel is a real safety design decision.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Chain drive or belt drive - does it matter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It does as the dough stiffens. A belt can slip at exactly the point the mix needs the most force; a chain and gear drive holds its ratio. The trade-off is that a belt absorbs shock loads more gently.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need special wiring?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It draws 1.5 kW at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the HTD-20L come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 2 years on parts and labour. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Yasaki","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539817398573,"sku":"HTD-20L","price":2541.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/yasaki-tilting-head-removable-bowl-20l-spiral-mixer-htd-20l-8099087.png?v=1776341506"},{"product_id":"prismafood-automatic-dough-divider-pfpo300","title":"Prismafood Automatic Dough Divider PF-PO300","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Prismafood PF-PO300 is an \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic dough divider\u003c\/strong\u003e that turns a \u003cstrong\u003e30 kg hopper\u003c\/strong\u003e of unproved dough into portioned, rounded balls at up to \u003cstrong\u003e700 an hour at 250 g\u003c\/strong\u003e. Portion weight is set by \u003cstrong\u003eselecting the cone to suit\u003c\/strong\u003e, across a range of \u003cstrong\u003e50 to 280 g\u003c\/strong\u003e. It comes with a \u003cstrong\u003eworkstation stand\u003c\/strong\u003e, an adjusting collar nut, \u003cstrong\u003efive reduction bushings\u003c\/strong\u003e and a funnel, and runs from a standard single-phase outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PF-PO300\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 700 balls an hour at 250 g\u003c\/strong\u003e — the figure to weigh against hand-portioning. On a busy pizzeria that is the difference between one job and no job\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortions from 50 to 280 g\u003c\/strong\u003e — wide enough to cover a personal base through to a large one, plus bread rolls at the bottom of the range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCone-based portioning, not a guess\u003c\/strong\u003e — you select the cone suited to the weight you want, so portions are consistent rather than eyeballed - which matters because dough weight drives bake time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 kg hopper of unproved dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — load a full mix and walk away, rather than feeding the machine in small batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive reduction bushings and an adjusting collar nut supplied\u003c\/strong\u003e — the parts that let you change portion weight are in the box, not sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorkstation stand included\u003c\/strong\u003e — it arrives at working height rather than needing a bench found for it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDivides AND rounds\u003c\/strong\u003e — portions come out ready for leavening, so there is no separate rounding step\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle phase outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — 930 W, so no electrical work for a machine handling 30 kg batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact enough for a pizzeria\u003c\/strong\u003e — the manufacturer positions it for artisan operations as well as larger kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrismafood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePF-PO300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePF-PO300\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic dough divider and rounder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHopper capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg of unproved dough\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProductivity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 700 balls per hour at 250 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortion range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 280 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortioning method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterchangeable cones selected to suit the target weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorkstation stand, adjusting collar nut, 5 reduction bushings, funnel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 930 W, 10 A, single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 x 530 x 830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 960 x 680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts and labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PF-PO300 suits pizzerias, bakeries and production kitchens portioning dough in volume, and the manufacturer positions it for artisan operations as well as larger sites. If you are hand-weighing more than a couple of hundred bases a day, this is the machine that pays for itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/dough-rollers-and-rounders\"\u003edough rollers and rounders\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/prismafood\"\u003ePrismafood\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 10 A power point, so no electrical work is required. It arrives with its own workstation stand, so it does not need a bench found for it. At 74 kg it is a two-person placement; check the delivery route against the 600 x 960 x 680 mm packed size. Allow space in front for the portioned balls to be collected, and note that the hopper is loaded from above — so check clearance over the 830 mm working height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does the PF-PO300 set portion weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBy cone selection. You fit the cone suited to your target weight, and the machine divides to that portion consistently. Five reduction bushings and an adjusting collar nut are supplied so the range is covered without buying extra parts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What portion sizes can it produce?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e50 to 280 g, at up to 700 balls per hour when set to 250 g. The hourly figure will change with portion size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the dough need to be proved first?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo - the reverse. The hopper takes up to 30 kg of unproved dough mixture, and the portions come out divided and rounded ready for leavening. It sits between your mixer and your prove.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the stand included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The dough divider comes with a workstation stand, so it arrives at working height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need special wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It runs on single phase at 930 W, drawing under 4 A, so a standard 10 A outlet is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the PF-PO300 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 2 years on parts and labour. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does the PF-PO300 set portion weight?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"By cone selection. You fit the cone suited to your target weight, and the machine divides to that portion consistently. Five reduction bushings and an adjusting collar nut are supplied so the range is covered without buying extra parts.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What portion sizes can it produce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"50 to 280 g, at up to 700 balls per hour when set to 250 g. The hourly figure will change with portion size.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the dough need to be proved first?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No - the reverse. The hopper takes up to 30 kg of unproved dough mixture, and the portions come out divided and rounded ready for leavening. It sits between your mixer and your prove.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the stand included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The dough divider comes with a workstation stand, so it arrives at working height.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need special wiring?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It runs on single phase at 930 W, drawing under 4 A, so a standard 10 A outlet is sufficient.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the PF-PO300 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 2 years on parts and labour. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Prismafood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539853312301,"sku":"PF-PO300","price":14441.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/prismafood-automatic-dough-divider-pf-po300-8621752.jpg?v=1776428891"},{"product_id":"tecnodom-by-fhe-4x11gn-tray-convection-oven-tde4cgn","title":"TECNODOM by FHE Nerone EKO 4 x 1\/1GN Tray Convection Oven - TDE-4CGN","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-4CGN is a four-tray bench-top electric convection oven from the Nerone EKO series, built for cafes, bakeries, sandwich bars, delis and small commercial kitchens. It bakes and roasts across four 1\/1 GN trays on 84mm spacing, runs a 50-280°C range and plugs into a standard 240V 15A outlet at 3.1kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4CGN\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN trays (84mm spacing)\u003c\/strong\u003e — bakes multiple gastronorm pans of pastries, par-baked bread or trayed food at once; ships with 1 solid tray and 3 wire racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V \/ 3.1kW \/ 15A plug-in\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs from a standard 15A single-phase power point, so no three-phase wiring is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50-280°C range with 60-minute or infinite timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers gentle proving through to high-heat baking and roasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverture folding door with tempered low-e glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — swings clear for easy loading where bench space is tight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber with rounded corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — faster wipe-downs and no hard-to-reach build-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPX3-rated build with interlocking gasket and high-resistance hinge\u003c\/strong\u003e — durable, splash-protected construction for daily commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-knob manual control with LED alarms\u003c\/strong\u003e — simple, repeatable operation with clear cycle cues through a busy shift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4CGN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4CGN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top electric convection oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNerone EKO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 1\/1 GN (84mm spacing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray + 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 manual knobs with LED alarms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 3.1kW; 15A single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e589 × 660 × 580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal chamber (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 420 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 725 × 725 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with rounded corners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverture folding door, tempered low-e glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIngress protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CGN suits cafes, bakeries, sandwich bars, delis and small commercial kitchens that need full 1\/1 GN baking without a three-phase install — its 589mm-wide footprint and 15A plug make it a strong benchtop choice where space and power are limited. Its 1\/1 GN tray format takes larger standard gastronorm pans than the 435 × 350mm TDE-4C, while the compact GN 2\/3 TD-3NE steps capacity down for the tightest benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench-top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CGN plugs into a standard 240V 15A single-phase power point and needs no special wiring, so it is ready to use out of the box — leave clearance around the unit for ventilation and door swing. It packs to 720 × 725 × 725 mm for transport. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is backed by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the TDE-4CGN hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds four 1\/1 GN trays on 84mm spacing and ships with 1 solid tray plus 3 wire racks, suited to batch baking, roasting and reheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the TDE-4CGN need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on 240V single-phase at 3.1kW and draws 15A, so it plugs into a standard 15A power point with no three-phase supply required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The oven operates from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer covering proving through to high-heat baking and roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the TDE-4CGN?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 589 × 660 × 580 mm (W×D×H) externally with a 560 × 420 × 370 mm internal chamber, and packs to 720 × 725 × 725 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the TDE-4CGN ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the TDE-4CGN come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The TDE-4CGN is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays does the TDE-4CGN hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds four 1\/1 GN trays on 84mm spacing and ships with 1 solid tray plus 3 wire racks, suited to batch baking, roasting and reheating.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the TDE-4CGN need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on 240V single-phase at 3.1kW and draws 15A, so it plugs into a standard 15A power point with no three-phase supply required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The oven operates from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer covering proving through to high-heat baking and roasting.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the TDE-4CGN?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 589 × 660 × 580 mm (W×D×H) externally with a 560 × 420 × 370 mm internal chamber, and packs to 720 × 725 × 725 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the TDE-4CGN ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the TDE-4CGN come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The TDE-4CGN is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539869172013,"sku":"TDE-4CGN","price":1802.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-by-fhe-4x11gn-tray-convection-oven-tde-4cgn-1348765.jpg?v=1776002767"},{"product_id":"tecnodom-by-fhe-3x600x400mm-tray-convection-oven-tde3b","title":"Tecnodom TDE-3B Nerone EKO 3 x 600x400mm Tray Convection Oven","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-3B is a bench-top electric convection oven from the Nerone EKO series, built for cafes, bakeries, patisseries, delis and small commercial kitchens. It bakes and roasts across three 600 × 400mm trays on 84mm spacing, runs a 50-280°C range and plugs into a standard 240V 15A supply at 3.1kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-3B\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 x 600 × 400mm trays (84mm spacing)\u003c\/strong\u003e — the bakery-standard tray size bakes croissants, par-bakes bread and reheats in one load; ships with 1 solid tray and 2 wire racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V \/ 3.1kW \/ 15A plug-in\u003c\/strong\u003e — connects to a single 15A outlet, so no three-phase wiring or special install is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50-280°C range with 60-minute or infinite timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers gentle proving and holding through to high-heat roasting and baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverture folding door with tempered low-e glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — opens clear of the bench front for easy loading and retains heat for stable temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber with rounded corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down fast and resists corrosion through daily service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPX3-rated build with interlocking gasket\u003c\/strong\u003e — designed for the splashes and wash-downs of a working kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin-knob analogue control\u003c\/strong\u003e — simple, robust operation with nothing to fault in a busy service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-3B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-3B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top electric convection oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNerone EKO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x 600 × 400mm (84mm spacing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray + 2 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 knobs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 3.1kW; 15A single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e775 × 700 × 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal chamber (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 × 460 × 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800 × 740 × 710 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with rounded corners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverture folding door, tempered low-e glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIngress protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith three 600 × 400mm trays and a 15A plug-in supply, the TDE-3B suits cafes, bakeries, patisseries, delis and small restaurant kitchens that need reliable convection baking without three-phase power. Its 600 × 400mm tray format is larger than the compact GN 2\/3 TD-3NE; for four-tray output in a similar footprint, compare the 435 × 350mm TDE-4C or the GN 1\/1 TDE-4CGN.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench-top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-3B connects to a standard 240V 15A power outlet and requires no hardwiring or gas connection, so it is ready to use out of the box — leave clearance around the unit for airflow and door swing. It packs to 800 × 740 × 710 mm for transport. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is backed by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the TDE-3B hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds three 600 × 400mm trays on 84mm spacing and ships with 1 solid tray plus 2 wire racks, suitable for batch baking, par-baking and reheating in one load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the TDE-3B need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on 240V single-phase power, drawing 3.1kW through a standard 15A outlet, so no three-phase wiring or special install is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The oven operates from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer covering gentle proving through to high-heat roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the cooking chamber?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The internal chamber measures 650 × 460 × 350 mm, with external dimensions of 775 × 700 × 560 mm (W×D×H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the TDE-3B ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the TDE-3B come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The TDE-3B is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays does the TDE-3B hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds three 600 × 400mm trays on 84mm spacing and ships with 1 solid tray plus 2 wire racks, suitable for batch baking, par-baking and reheating in one load.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the TDE-3B need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on 240V single-phase power, drawing 3.1kW through a standard 15A outlet, so no three-phase wiring or special install is required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The oven operates from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer covering gentle proving through to high-heat roasting.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the cooking chamber?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The internal chamber measures 650 × 460 × 350 mm, with external dimensions of 775 × 700 × 560 mm (W×D×H).\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the TDE-3B ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the TDE-3B come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The TDE-3B is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539869303085,"sku":"TDE-3B","price":1802.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-by-fhe-3x600x400mm-tray-convection-oven-tde-3b-6699966.jpg?v=1776428829"},{"product_id":"tecnodom-by-fhe-4x435x350-tray-convection-oven-tde4c","title":"Tecnodom Nerone 4-Tray Convection Oven 435x350mm - TDE-4C","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-4C is a four-tray bench-top electric convection oven from the Nerone series, built for cafes, bakeries, sandwich bars, delis and small commercial kitchens. It bakes and roasts across four 435 × 350mm trays on 84mm spacing, runs a 50-280°C range and plugs into a standard 240V 10A outlet at 2.35kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4C\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x 435 × 350mm trays (84mm spacing)\u003c\/strong\u003e — bakes multiple batches of pastries, par-baked bread or trays of food at once; ships with 1 solid tray and 3 wire racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V \/ 2.35kW \/ 10A plug-in\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs from a standard 10A single-phase power point, no special wiring required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50-280°C range with 60-minute or infinite timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers gentle proving through to high-heat baking and roasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverture folding door with tempered low-e glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — swings clear for easy loading in tight benchtop spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber with rounded corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — faster wipe-downs and no hard-to-reach build-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPX3-rated build with interlocking gasket and high-resistance hinge\u003c\/strong\u003e — durable, splash-protected construction for daily commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact 589mm-wide footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e — four-tray capacity that still fits a space-tight bench.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top electric convection oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNerone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 435 × 350mm (84mm spacing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray + 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 2.35kW; 10A single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e589 × 660 × 580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal chamber (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e464 × 420 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 625 × 725 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with rounded corners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverture folding door, tempered low-e glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIngress protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4C suits cafes, bakeries, sandwich bars, delis and small kitchens that need reliable fan-forced baking without a three-phase install — its compact 589mm-wide footprint and standard 10A plug make it a strong benchtop choice where space and power are limited. Its 435 × 350mm tray format is more compact than the GN 1\/1 TDE-4CGN; for the largest single-tray area step up to the 600 × 400mm TDE-3B.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompare more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench-top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4C plugs into a standard 240V 10A single-phase power point and needs no special wiring, so it is ready to use out of the box — leave clearance around the unit for ventilation and door swing. It packs to 720 × 625 × 725 mm for transport. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is backed by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the TDE-4C hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds four 435 × 350mm trays on 84mm spacing and ships with 1 solid tray plus 3 wire racks, suitable for batch baking and finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the TDE-4C need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on 240V single-phase at 2.35kW and draws 10A, so it plugs into a standard power point with no special wiring or three-phase supply required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The oven operates from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer covering gentle proving through to high-heat baking and roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the TDE-4C?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 589 × 660 × 580 mm (W×D×H) externally with a 464 × 420 × 370 mm internal chamber, and packs to 720 × 625 × 725 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the TDE-4C ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the TDE-4C come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The TDE-4C is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays does the TDE-4C hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds four 435 × 350mm trays on 84mm spacing and ships with 1 solid tray plus 3 wire racks, suitable for batch baking and finishing.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the TDE-4C need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on 240V single-phase at 2.35kW and draws 10A, so it plugs into a standard power point with no special wiring or three-phase supply required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The oven operates from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer covering gentle proving through to high-heat baking and roasting.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the TDE-4C?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 589 × 660 × 580 mm (W×D×H) externally with a 464 × 420 × 370 mm internal chamber, and packs to 720 × 625 × 725 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the TDE-4C ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the TDE-4C come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The TDE-4C is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539869401389,"sku":"TDE-4C","price":1598.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-by-fhe-4x435x350-tray-convection-oven-tde-4c-3795967.jpg?v=1776428829"},{"product_id":"convectmax-heavy-duty-stainless-steel-convection-oven-w-press-button-steam-yxd8ae","title":"ConvectMax Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Convection Oven with Press Button Steam YXD-8AE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ConvectMax YXD-8AE is a heavy-duty bench-top convection oven that pairs press-button steam injection with twin reversing fans to bake, roast and reheat evenly across four 600×400 mm trays, built for cafes, bakeries, bistros and small production kitchens. It draws 6.4 kW on a single-phase 240V supply and runs a 50–300°C range with a 120-minute timer and bell; because it is hard-wired at 27A, it steps above the plug-in models for higher baking output.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YXD-8AE\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress-button steam injection\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds humidity on demand for crustier bread, moister roasts and better reheating from one control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin reversing fans\u003c\/strong\u003e — alternating airflow bakes evenly tray to tray, reducing hot spots across the chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 600×400 mm trays\u003c\/strong\u003e — bakery-standard sizing with aluminium trays included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.4 kW hard-wired power\u003c\/strong\u003e — higher output than the plug-in models for busier baking lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50–300°C range with 120-minute timer and bell\u003c\/strong\u003e — low-temperature holding through to high-heat roasting, timed and repeatable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360°C hi-limiter and double toughened-glass door\u003c\/strong\u003e — over-temperature safety cut-out plus a heat-isolating door with a clear view\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel baffle and nickel-coated pan supports\u003c\/strong\u003e — even heat distribution and wipe-down hygiene\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-8AE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-8AE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top convection oven (with press-button steam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 600×400 mm (aluminium trays included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–300°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 minutes with bell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 reversing fans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTotal power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.4 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVoltage \/ current\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 27A (hard-wired)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°C hi-limiter, double toughened front glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 460 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e834 × 765 × 572 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 × 910 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with steel baffle and nickel-coated pan supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-8AE suits cafes, bakeries, bistros, sandwich bars and small production kitchens that need even baking and steam without the footprint of a full-size combi — the twin reversing fans and press-button steam handle bread, pastries and roasts, while the 834 mm-wide body fits compact bench runs. It is a strong choice for venues stepping up from a domestic oven and for menus built around baked and reheated items. It is less suited to high-volume production needing 10- or 20-tray throughput, or to sites without a hard-wired single-phase circuit. Browse the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench-top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the wider \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/a\u003e range to match capacity to your menu.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-8AE draws 6.4 kW at 240V and 27A, so it must be hard-wired by a licensed electrician — it is not a plug-in unit. Allow clearance around the chamber for airflow and servicing. Packed for transit it measures 950 × 910 × 700 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. It is backed by a 1-year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the YXD-8AE plug in or need hard-wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt draws 6.4 kW at 240V and 27A, so it must be hard-wired by a licensed electrician rather than plugged into a standard outlet. It is a single-phase unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does the YXD-8AE hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour 600×400 mm trays with aluminium trays included; the internal chamber measures 700 × 460 × 360 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50°C to 300°C with a 120-minute timer and bell, plus a 360°C hi-limiter for over-temperature safety cut-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the press-button steam do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt injects humidity into the chamber on demand for crustier bread, moister roasts and better reheating; twin reversing fans then drive even airflow tray to tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal dimensions are 834 × 765 × 572 mm with a net weight of 67 kg; packed for transit it measures 950 × 910 × 700 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539880837421,"sku":"YXD-8AE","price":2167.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convectmax-heavy-duty-stainless-steel-convection-oven-w-press-button-steam-yxd-8ae-7202114.jpg?v=1776428652"},{"product_id":"convectmax-heavy-duty-stainless-steel-convection-oven-w-press-button-steam-yxd8a15e","title":"ConvectMax Heavy Duty Stainless Steel Convection Oven with Press-Button Steam YXD-8A\/15E","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ConvectMax YXD-8A\/15E is a 4-tray bench-top convection oven with press-button steam, built for cafes, bakeries and back-of-house kitchens that need bakery-grade results without the footprint or cost of a combi oven. Two reversing fans push heat evenly across four 600 x 400 mm trays, while the press-button steam adds controlled moisture for pastry, bread and proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the YXD-8A\/15E\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x 600 x 400 mm trays\u003c\/strong\u003e — bakery tray footprint that covers most cafe and bakery workloads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50-300 C temperature range\u003c\/strong\u003e — gentle proofing through to high-heat roasting in one oven\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo reversing fans\u003c\/strong\u003e — airflow direction alternates through the cycle for even, tray-to-tray results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePress-button steam\u003c\/strong\u003e — on-demand moisture for crust development and pastry lamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel cavity with rounded corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — faster cleaning, no food traps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120-minute timer with end-of-cycle bell\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs hands-off while you work the rest of the line\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-8A\/15E\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top convection oven with steam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 600 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-300 C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePress-button, on-demand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x reversing fans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 knobs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 minutes with bell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCavity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel, rounded corners\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFront glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble toughened\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 3.3 kW, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e834 x 765 x 572 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 460 x 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 x 910 x 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to cafes, bakeries, patisseries, sandwich bars, catering kitchens and cloud\/ghost kitchens where a full combi oven is overkill but a plain convection oven is not enough. Four trays handle the sort of pastry, bread and tray-roast runs these kitchens push through a service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequires a 15 A single-phase outlet (not a standard 10 A wall socket) — total draw is 3.3 kW. A licensed electrician can confirm or install a 15 A plug for your site. Bench-mountable; leave clearance above and behind the unit for ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinance \u0026amp; warranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by 12 months parts \u0026amp; labour — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms. Equipment finance is available through SilverChef, with fast approvals to help spread the cost across your fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this oven run on standard Australian power?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt needs a 15 A single-phase outlet (not a standard 10 A wall socket). Total draw is 3.3 kW. A licensed electrician can install or confirm a 15 A plug — most commercial venues already have one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does press-button steam compare to a full combi oven?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePress-button steam adds controlled moisture to the bake cycle — great for bread crust, laminated pastry and preventing proteins drying out. A full combi oven adds precise steam percentages, temperature probes and auto-cleaning at several times the cost. If you need bakery-grade steam without the combi price tag, the YXD-8A\/15E covers the core use cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill my standard baking trays fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe oven takes 4 x 600 x 400 mm trays. Most commercial bakery and GN pans in this footprint drop straight in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range can it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50 to 300 C — low enough for proofing dough, high enough for roasting proteins or browning pastries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it get even heat across all four trays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo reversing fans alternate airflow direction through the cycle, which evens out hot and cold spots compared with a single-direction fan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003eBrowse all bench-top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eSee the full ConvectMax range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539880935725,"sku":"YXD-8A\/15E","price":2167.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convectmax-heavy-duty-stainless-steel-convection-oven-w-press-button-steam-yxd-8a15e-3596912.jpg?v=1776428651"},{"product_id":"convectmax-heavy-duty-stainless-steel-240v15a-convection-oven-yxd8a3e","title":"ConvectMax Heavy Duty Stainless Steel 240V\/15A Convection Oven YXD-8A-3E","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ConvectMax YXD-8A-3E is a heavy-duty bench-top convection oven built for cafes, bakeries, function venues and mid-volume restaurant kitchens that need even, steam-assisted baking without a three-phase upgrade. It runs on a standard 240V 15A plug-in supply, draws 3.5 kW and reaches 300°C, with two reversing fans circulating heat across three 600×400 mm tray levels and an integrated steam function for crustier breads and juicier roasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YXD-8A-3E\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V 15A plug-in power\u003c\/strong\u003e — connects to a standard 15A outlet, avoiding the cost and lead time of a hard-wired three-phase install\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwin reversing fans\u003c\/strong\u003e — alternating airflow drives even bakes across every tray, cutting hot spots and tray rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated steam function\u003c\/strong\u003e — adds moisture for crustier breads and juicier roasts without a separate combi oven\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50–300°C range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers low-temperature holding through to high-heat roasting and baking from one unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree 600×400 mm trays on 80 mm spacing\u003c\/strong\u003e — standard bakery-tray footprint slots into existing prep workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel build with 5-sided insulation\u003c\/strong\u003e — durable, wipe-clean construction that keeps surrounding cabinetry cooler and reduces heat loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360°C hi-limiter and chamber light\u003c\/strong\u003e — over-temperature safety cut-out plus a lit cavity to check progress without opening the door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120-minute timer with bell\u003c\/strong\u003e — timed, repeatable cooking that frees staff during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-8A-3E\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-8A-3E\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top convection oven (with steam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrays included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 × 600×400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 3.5 kW; 15 A (plug-in)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–300°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 reversing fans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunctions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvection bake, steam function, chamber light, 120-minute timer with bell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°C hi-limiter, double-toughened front glass, 5-sided insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 × 460 × 288 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e834 × 765 × 500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e950 × 990 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e70 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e86 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact 834 mm-wide footprint and 15A plug-in supply suit cafes, bakeries, function venues and mid-volume restaurant kitchens where bench space and power capacity are limited. Three 600×400 mm tray levels and the steam function make it well suited to batch-baking pastries, roasting trays of vegetables and reheating prepped meals. For high-throughput production bakeries running continuous loads all day, a larger floor-standing or three-phase oven will be the better long-term fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare it with other models in our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench-top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e range, or browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/a\u003e collection for matching units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-8A-3E connects to a standard 240V 15A power outlet, so no three-phase wiring is required — just confirm a dedicated 15A circuit is available and leave clearance around the unit for ventilation. Packed for transit it measures 950 × 990 × 700 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is backed by a 12-month parts \u0026amp; labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the “-3E” mean the YXD-8A-3E needs three-phase power?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Despite the model name, it runs on a standard 240V single-phase 15A plug-in supply, drawing 3.5 kW — no three-phase or hard-wired installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does it hold and what size are they?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree 600×400 mm trays on 80 mm spacing; the internal cavity measures 700 × 460 × 288 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e50°C to 300°C, with a 360°C hi-limiter for automatic over-temperature cut-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a steam function?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — an integrated steam function adds moisture during cooking for crustier breads and juicier roasts, without a separate combi oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the YXD-8A-3E come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 12-month parts \u0026amp; labour warranty, supplied as a new unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539881001261,"sku":"YXD-8A-3E","price":1870.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convectmax-heavy-duty-stainless-steel-240v15a-convection-oven-yxd-8a-3e-8451752.jpg?v=1776428652"},{"product_id":"convectmax-electric-convection-oven-yxd6a15","title":"ConvectMax 4-Tray Electric Convection Oven YXD-6A\/15","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConvectMax Electric Convection Oven YXD-6A\/15\u003c\/strong\u003e is a benchtop electric convection oven that bakes, roasts and grills across four GN 1\/1 trays for cafes, bakeries, patisseries and small commercial kitchens. It runs from a standard 15-amp single-phase power point, reaches up to 270°C, and pairs top and bottom elements with a grill function and an easy-clean ceramic-coated cavity — 3.5kW of fan-forced heat with no three-phase upgrade required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA chamber light gives a clear view of the bake, the fan stops when the door opens for safety, and a waterproof switch suits wash-down areas. Twin timers support cook \u0026amp; hold service with a 60-minute bake reminder and a 180-minute cook timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel (MPN)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-6A\/15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Convection Oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x GN 1\/1 trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 270°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHeating\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop and bottom elements, grill function\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCavity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCeramic-coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKnobs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5kW; 15A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550(W) x 418(D) x 431(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e798(W) x 670(D) x 580(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750(W) x 850(D) x 650(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15-amp plug-in power — runs from a standard single-phase 15A point, no three-phase install required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour GN 1\/1 trays in a compact benchtop footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop and bottom elements with a dedicated grill function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReaches up to 270°C for baking, roasting and browning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeramic-coated cavity wipes clean and resists baked-on residue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCook \u0026amp; hold with twin timers (60-min bake, 180-min cook)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChamber light and waterproof switch for wash-down areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan stops when the door opens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eConvectMax equipment\u003c\/a\u003e to complete your kitchen fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInterest-free financing is available through SilverChef for eligible commercial buyers. Warranty terms are covered on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does the ConvectMax YXD-6A\/15 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds four full-size GN 1\/1 trays on its runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the YXD-6A\/15 need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA standard single-phase 15-amp power point; it draws 3.5kW, so no three-phase wiring is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 270°C, enough for baking, roasting and browning through the day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the YXD-6A\/15 have a grill function?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — top and bottom elements plus a dedicated grilling function let you brown and finish in the same cavity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the YXD-6A\/15 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is backed by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty. See our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539890536749,"sku":"YXD-6A\/15","price":1955.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convectmax-electric-convection-oven-yxd-6a15-8145021.jpg?v=1776428531"},{"product_id":"prismafood-single-door-12-tray-food-proving-chamber-tp444","title":"Prismafood Single Door 12 Tray Food Proving Chamber- TP4-44","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Prismafood TP4-44 is a \u003cstrong\u003e12-tray food proving chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong\u003e120 mm between trays\u003c\/strong\u003e and a working temperature to \u003cstrong\u003e60C\u003c\/strong\u003e. The 120 mm spacing is the figure that matters: it is generous enough for dough to rise in tins without touching the tray above, which is what limits capacity on chambers with tighter racking. Stainless steel construction, 2 kW from a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TP4-44\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 mm between trays\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough headroom for dough to prove in tins without fouling the tray above — the constraint that decides real usable capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12 tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — a production-scale prove in a 1100 mm cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorking temperature to 60C\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers the full proving range with headroom above normal prove temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 kW from a standard 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — no dedicated circuit or electrician needed for a chamber of this size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to the humidity a proving chamber operates in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1100 mm external width\u003c\/strong\u003e — a substantial chamber that still fits a standard bakery aisle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e82 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e — heavy enough to sit stable, light enough for a two-person install\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart of a matched Prismafood bakery range\u003c\/strong\u003e — lines up with other Prismafood equipment rather than being a one-off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrismafood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTP4-44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTP4-44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood Proving Chamber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpace between trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWorking temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTo 60 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 2 kW, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1100 x 964 x 900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1130 x 1130 x 1040 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TP4-44 suits bakeries, patisseries, pizzerias and production kitchens proving to a schedule. Twelve trays at 120 mm spacing is a genuine production prove rather than a holding cabinet pressed into service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/prover\"\u003eproving cabinets and provers\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/baker-max\"\u003eBaker Max\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 240 V, 10 A outlet, so no dedicated circuit or electrician is needed. Allow 1100 x 964 mm of floor and clearance at the front for the door. Site it away from draughts and direct heat, both of which fight a controlled prove. At 82 kg it is a two-person move. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 1-year parts and labour warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the TP4-44 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Twelve, with 120mm of space between them. That spacing is what allows dough to prove in tins without touching the tray above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature does it work to?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Up to 60C, which covers the full range of proving temperatures with headroom above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need special wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It runs at 2kW from a standard 10A outlet, which is modest for a chamber this size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many doors does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Our product data is inconsistent on this point — the product title describes a single door while the detailed specification describes double doors. Contact our team to confirm the configuration before ordering, and we have flagged the discrepancy for correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the external dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 1100mm wide, 964mm deep and 900mm high, at 82kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: One year parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many trays does the TP4-44 hold?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Twelve, with 120mm of space between them. That spacing is what allows dough to prove in tins without touching the tray above.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature does it work to?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Up to 60C, which covers the full range of proving temperatures with headroom above.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it need special wiring?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It runs at 2kW from a standard 10A outlet, which is modest for a chamber this size.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How many doors does it have?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Our product data is inconsistent on this point — the product title describes a single door while the detailed specification describes double doors. Contact our team to confirm the configuration before ordering, and we have flagged the discrepancy for correction.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the external dimensions?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"1100mm wide, 964mm deep and 900mm high, at 82kg.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"One year parts and labour.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Baker Max","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539891913005,"sku":"TP4-44","price":3901.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/prismafood-single-door-12-tray-food-proving-chamber-tp4-44-4721454.jpg?v=1776428528"},{"product_id":"convectmax-electric-convection-oven-yxd6a","title":"ConvectMax Electric Convection Oven YXD-6A","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eConvectMax YXD-6A Electric Convection Oven\u003c\/strong\u003e is a benchtop 4 x GN1\/1 convection oven built for cafes, bakeries and commercial kitchens that need consistent, fan-forced baking and reheating from a compact footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the ConvectMax YXD-6A\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x GN1\/1 tray capacity in a compact benchtop body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan-forced heating with top and bottom elements for even results\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature up to 270°C with a Cook \u0026amp; Hold function\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrilling function for added versatility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeramic-coated cavity for easy cleaning, plus a chamber light for clear visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60-minute bake reminder and 180-minute cooking timer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFan stops automatically when the door opens; waterproof on\/off switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction; runs from a standard 10A power point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional stand with castors (YXD-6A-S) available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel (MPN)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-6A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eType\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric convection oven (benchtop)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x GN1\/1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 270°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunctions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvection bake, Cook \u0026amp; Hold, grilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.4kW; 240V; 10A outlet required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e798 x 650 x 596 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 418 x 431 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 x 750 x 645 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e64 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDoor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle glass door\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIdeal for\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCafes, bakeries, patisseries, sandwich bars and front-of-house venues where bench space is limited but reliable convection cooking is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-cooking-equipment\"\u003ecommercial cooking equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDelivery \u0026amp; finance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFast dispatch Australia-wide from our Sydney HQ and partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth. Finance is available through SilverChef. For cover details, see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does the ConvectMax YXD-6A hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt takes 4 x GN1\/1 trays, ideal for batch baking and reheating in a compact benchtop unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the YXD-6A reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt heats up to 270°C and includes a Cook \u0026amp; Hold function to keep food at serving temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the YXD-6A need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on 2.4kW at 240V from a standard 10A power point — no special wiring required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a stand available for the YXD-6A?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. An optional stand with castors (model YXD-6A-S) is available separately to raise the oven to bench height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the ConvectMax YXD-6A come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty. See our warranty information page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539899711789,"sku":"YXD-6A","price":1955.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/commercial-oven-ysd-6a.jpg?v=1776343329"},{"product_id":"prometek-prometec-convection-oven-td3ne","title":"TECNODOM Nerino 3x GN 2\/3 Bench-Top Convection Oven TD-3NE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TD-3NE is a compact bench-top convection oven from the Nerino series, built for cafes, snack bars, bakeries and small commercial kitchens where bench space is tight but consistent baking matters. It holds three GN 2\/3 trays, runs a 30-280°C range and plugs into a standard 240V 15A outlet at 2.8kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TD-3NE\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 x GN 2\/3 tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — bakes, roasts and reheats several trays at once in a small countertop footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V \/ 2.8kW \/ 15A plug-in\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs off a standard single-phase outlet, so no three-phase install is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30-280°C analogue control\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 60-minute timer with infinite setting and a thermostat keep results simple and repeatable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGlobal-diffusion ventilation\u003c\/strong\u003e — fan-forced air spreads heat evenly across every shelf for consistent browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304 stainless steel inside and out\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded chamber corners and a Scotch-Brite finish wipe clean fast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold glass door with low-emissivity inner glass\u003c\/strong\u003e — stays cooler to the touch and helps hold chamber heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal lighting\u003c\/strong\u003e — check the bake at a glance without opening the door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTD-3NE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTD-3NE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top convection oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNerino\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x GN 2\/3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30-280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnalogue timer (60 min \/ infinite) and thermostat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e304 stainless steel, inside and out\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold glass door with removable low-emissivity inner glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 2.8kW; 15A single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 520 × 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 690 × 540 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCE approved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TD-3NE suits cafes, snack bars, sandwich shops, bakeries and food trucks that need reliable fan-forced baking without committing to a full-size or three-phase oven. Its GN 2\/3 format is the most compact in the range, so where you need a larger tray or higher throughput, the 600x400mm TDE-3B or four-tray TDE-4C and TDE-4CGN step the capacity up.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench-top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TD-3NE plugs into a standard 240V 15A single-phase outlet and needs no three-phase wiring, so it is ready to use out of the box — leave clearance around the unit for airflow and door swing. It packs to 560 × 690 × 540 mm for transport. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is backed by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the TD-3NE hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds three GN 2\/3 trays, suitable for baking, roasting and reheating in a compact countertop oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the TD-3NE need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs on a standard 240V single-phase supply, drawing 2.8kW through a 15A outlet, so no three-phase connection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The oven operates from 30°C to 280°C, controlled by an analogue thermostat with a 60-minute or infinite timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the TD-3NE made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is built from 304-grade stainless steel inside and out, with rounded chamber corners and a Scotch-Brite finish for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the TD-3NE ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the TD-3NE come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The TD-3NE is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many trays does the TD-3NE hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds three GN 2\/3 trays, suitable for baking, roasting and reheating in a compact countertop oven.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the TD-3NE need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on a standard 240V single-phase supply, drawing 2.8kW through a 15A outlet, so no three-phase connection is required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperature range does it reach?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The oven operates from 30°C to 280°C, controlled by an analogue thermostat with a 60-minute or infinite timer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the TD-3NE made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is built from 304-grade stainless steel inside and out, with rounded chamber corners and a Scotch-Brite finish for easy cleaning.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the TD-3NE ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the TD-3NE come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The TD-3NE is covered by a 1 Year Parts and Labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539911934253,"sku":"TD-3NE","price":1285.2,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-prometek-prometec-convection-oven-td-3ne-2887618.png?v=1776428170"},{"product_id":"sfm40","title":"Prismafood Spiral Mixers SFM40","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrismafood Spiral Mixers SFM40\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003eDiscover the most comprehensive and efficient spiral and dough mixers within the industry with this Italian-made automatic mixer from catering equipment giant, \u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003eBakermax\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003e. Browse one of the most practical appliances for your bakery or pizzeria.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003e\u003cspan class=\"EOP SCXW207161187 BCX2\" style=\"font-size: 12pt; line-height: 20.5042px; font-family: Calibri, Calibri_MSFontService, sans-serif;\" data-ccp-props='{\"201341983\":0,\"335559739\":160,\"335559740\":259}'\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"OutlineElement Ltr  BCX2 SCXW60604604\" style=\"direction: ltr;\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"OutlineElement Ltr  BCX2 SCXW221606331\" style=\"direction: ltr;\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"Paragraph SCXW221606331 BCX2\" style=\"font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; vertical-align: baseline; background-color: transparent; color: windowtext; text-align: left; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-indent: 0px;\"\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003eWe stock a huge range of \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003edough mixers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003e with a variety of sizes on offer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan lang=\"EN-AU\" data-contrast=\"auto\"\u003e from only the best global brands.\u003c\/span\u003e \u003cspan class=\"EOP SCXW221606331 BCX2\" style=\"font-size: 12pt; line-height: 20.5042px; font-family: Calibri, Calibri_MSFontService, sans-serif;\" data-ccp-props='{\"201341983\":0,\"335559739\":160,\"335559740\":259}'\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"Paragraph SCXW221606331 BCX2\" style=\"font-weight: normal; font-style: normal; vertical-align: baseline; background-color: transparent; color: windowtext; text-align: left; margin-left: 0px; margin-right: 0px; padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; text-indent: 0px;\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFixed Head\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e 41 Liter\/35kg mixer\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed: Bowl 10RPM, Spiral arm 120RPM\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eItalian made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHygenic stainless steel body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel bowl hooks \u0026amp; shaft\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift safety guard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple to use controls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Flour 21.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater: 10.75 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMin Dough Weight: 8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax Dough Weight: 32kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDough\/hour: 112kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBowl diameter: 45cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimension: \u003c\/strong\u003e480W X 805D X 825H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eTotal dry ingredients which would include 2% salt, 1% sugar 1% yeast, and 5% oil in the case of the majority of pizza doughs.\u003cbr\u003eAlso, most pizza dough has approx. 60 to 65% water depending on the quality of the flour used and the maker's preference\u003cbr\u003eOverloading machines and\/or using the incorrect speed can cause damage \u0026amp; will void the warranty.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Prismafood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539915243821,"sku":"SFM40","price":3205.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/prismafood-spiral-mixers-sfm40-1656639.jpg?v=1776428112"},{"product_id":"jdr-520b","title":"Tyrone Bench Dough Sheeter JDR-520B","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Yasaki JDR-520B is a \u003cstrong\u003ebench dough sheeter\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e500 mm belt width\u003c\/strong\u003e and an 830 mm table, adjustable from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 35 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e thickness through a \u003cstrong\u003e40 mm roller opening\u003c\/strong\u003e on large hard chrome rollers. Dough weight capacity is 5 kg. It is built in steel, stainless steel and aluminium, uses a \u003cstrong\u003efood-grade conveyor belt rather than a cotton one\u003c\/strong\u003e, and has no external switches for flour to get into. It runs from a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the JDR-520B\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 to 35 mm through a 40 mm roller opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — that range covers a thick block down to pastry in one machine, and a 40 mm opening takes a substantial block without pre-flattening it by hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLarge hard chrome rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e — chrome resists the pitting that makes rollers stick, and larger rollers sheet more gently in fewer passes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade conveyor belt, not cotton\u003c\/strong\u003e — a cotton belt absorbs fat and frays; a food-grade belt cleans properly and lasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo external switches\u003c\/strong\u003e — switch gear on the outside of a sheeter is where flour gets in and causes failures - this design removes the entry point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRollers lock internally with no ratchet\u003c\/strong\u003e — the usual ratchet mechanism wears and can catch an operator's knuckles; an internal lock does neither\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScraper assemblies remove easily and cost little to replace\u003c\/strong\u003e — the part that wears is the part designed to be swapped, at low cost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccess to the conveyor drive rollers in the folded position\u003c\/strong\u003e — you can actually clean where dough builds up, which most sheeters make difficult\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety guards with internal safety switching\u003c\/strong\u003e — the guard is interlocked rather than decorative\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds down for storage\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2080 mm of table folds to a 720 mm packed width, so it does not permanently own that bench length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYasaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJDR-520B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJDR-520B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench dough sheeter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm, large hard chrome rollers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDough weight capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-grade conveyor belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety guards with internal safety switching; no external switches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServiceability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable scraper assemblies; access to conveyor drive rollers when folded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 375 W, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2080 x 880 x 620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 x 970 x 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts and labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe JDR-520B suits bakeries, patisseries, pizzerias and pastry kitchens sheeting laminated doughs, pastry and pizza bases in 5 kg batches. It is a bench machine, but at 150 kg and 2080 mm extended it wants a permanent position with the table folded between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pastry-sheeters\"\u003epastry sheeters\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/yasaki\"\u003eYasaki\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt runs from a standard 10 A power point, so no electrical work is required. Extended it needs 2080 mm of length, folding to a 720 mm packed width, so plan the bench run for the working dimension not the stored one. At 150 kg it is a multi-person lift onto the bench. \u003cstrong\u003eCleaning is not optional on this machine:\u003c\/strong\u003e dough left to build up on the rollers creates a bump under the sheeting belt, which can catch the scrapers and rip the belt. Clean the rollers down each day — the folded position is designed to give you access to do it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What thickness range does the JDR-520B sheet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 to 35 mm, through a 40 mm roller opening on large hard chrome rollers, so it takes a thick block and brings it down to pastry without you flattening it by hand first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much dough can it take at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dough weight capacity is 5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What maintenance does it actually need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClean the rollers down daily. The manufacturer is explicit that poor cleaning lets dough build up on the rollers, which creates a bump under the sheeting belt that can catch on the scrapers and tear it. The machine folds specifically to give you access to the conveyor drive rollers, so use it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does the belt material matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a food-grade conveyor belt rather than a cotton one. Cotton absorbs fat, frays and is hard to clean properly - a food-grade belt washes down and lasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need special wiring?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It draws 375 W at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the JDR-520B come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 2 years on parts and labour. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What thickness range does the JDR-520B sheet?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1 to 35 mm, through a 40 mm roller opening on large hard chrome rollers, so it takes a thick block and brings it down to pastry without you flattening it by hand first.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much dough can it take at once?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The dough weight capacity is 5 kg.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What maintenance does it actually need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Clean the rollers down daily. The manufacturer is explicit that poor cleaning lets dough build up on the rollers, which creates a bump under the sheeting belt that can catch on the scrapers and tear it. The machine folds specifically to give you access to the conveyor drive rollers, so use it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does the belt material matter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It uses a food-grade conveyor belt rather than a cotton one. Cotton absorbs fat, frays and is hard to clean properly - a food-grade belt washes down and lasts.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need special wiring?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. It draws 375 W at 240 V and runs from a standard 10 A power point.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the JDR-520B come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 2 years on parts and labour. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Yasaki","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539925369133,"sku":"JDR-520B","price":6536.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-bench-dough-sheeter-jdr-520b-2914151.jpg?v=1776427930"},{"product_id":"prismafood-pizza-dough-roller-dsa420rp","title":"Prismafood DSA420RP Pizza Dough Roller 40cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Prismafood DSA420RP is an Italian-made bench-top pizza dough roller built for pizzerias, restaurants and bakeries pressing pizza bases up to 40 cm on demand. Two adjustable rollers thin the dough cleanly from 0 to 4 mm without overworking it, preserving the gluten structure that proper Neapolitan and Roman bases need. Foot-pedal operation keeps both hands on the dough, and the unit sits on any commercial bench, running off a standard 10 A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 cm base capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — presses standard family-pizza diameter and smaller in a single pass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e0–4 mm adjustable thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e — from thin Roman crust through to thicker pan-pizza bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoot-pedal operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — hands stay on the dough, not on a switch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElectromechanical control\u003c\/strong\u003e — simple and serviceable, with no failure-prone PCBs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — food-safe and quick to wipe down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in Italy\u003c\/strong\u003e by Prismafood, an established commercial dough-machinery manufacturer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrismafood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDSA420RP\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBench-top pizza dough roller\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMax pizza base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 cm diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0–4 mm (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectromechanical with foot pedal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 V, 50\/60 Hz, 10 A outlet required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 410 × 680 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 × 680 × 1040 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItaly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for pizzerias, Italian restaurants, takeaway pizza shops and catering kitchens running pizza nights. Within its 0–4 mm range it also handles bread dough, pie crust and cake bases, making it useful in mixed bakery-and-pizza operations. It is a strong fit for venues pressing roughly 30–80 bases per service; very high-volume sites should compare it against heavier machines in the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/dough-rollers-and-rounders\"\u003edough rollers and rounders\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DSA420RP sits on any commercial bench — allow a 540 × 410 mm footprint plus operator clearance — and plugs into a standard 240 V 10 A wall outlet, so no special wiring is needed. The foot pedal connects to the unit, so allow trailing cable space underneath. It ships as a 38 kg net unit on a pallet or as a bulk parcel, and is backed by 2 years parts \u0026amp; labour from delivery. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/prismafood\"\u003ePrismafood range\u003c\/a\u003e for matching dough and pizza equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size pizza bases does the DSA420RP roll?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUp to 40 cm in diameter. Smaller bases roll fine through the same machine — adjust the thickness dial and feed a smaller dough ball.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it overwork the dough?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — the twin-roller pass is engineered to preserve gluten structure rather than shred it. Many pizzaiolos who hand-stretch for premium service still use a roller for back-of-house bases or volume nights without affecting crust quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it run on standard Australian power?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — 230 V single-phase on a standard 10 A outlet. No special wiring is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the foot pedal work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pedal triggers the roller motor, leaving both hands free to feed and catch the dough. Releasing the pedal stops the rollers immediately, which helps with both safety and short-pass dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for bread or pastry as well as pizza?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Within the 0–4 mm range it handles bread dough, pie crust, cake bases and similar — anything that benefits from a calibrated thickness pass. Avoid hard fondant or non-dough sheets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Prismafood","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539929596205,"sku":"DSA420RP","price":2201.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/prismafood-pizza-dough-roller-dsa420rp-2107677.jpg?v=1776427929"},{"product_id":"jdr-520-3n","title":"Yasaki Floor Model Dough Sheeter JDR-520\/3N","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eYasaki Floor Model Dough Sheeter JDR-520\/3N\u003c\/strong\u003e is a floor-standing commercial dough sheeter built for high-volume bakeries, patisseries and pizzerias. Its 500mm food-grade conveyor belt and 960mm table roll and fold dough consistently, while hard-chrome rollers with a 40mm opening and 1–35mm adjustable thickness handle everything from thin pastry to thick pizza bases. Running on three-phase power with a 5kg dough capacity, it is constructed from steel, stainless steel and aluminium (not plastic components and casings) for durable commercial-grade service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYasaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJDR-520\/3N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eType\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor Model Dough Sheeter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBelt Width\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTable Length\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e960mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–35mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRoller Opening\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40mm (hard chrome rollers)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDough Weight Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415V, 375W (three phase)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2550(W) x 880(D) x 1180(H) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720(W) x 970(D) x 1720(H) mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"key-features\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree-phase floor-model sheeter with a 500mm food-grade conveyor belt (not a cotton belt)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge hard-chrome rollers with a 40mm opening and 1–35mm adjustable thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel, stainless steel and aluminium construction — not plastic components or casings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-remove, easy-to-clean scraper assemblies with low replacement cost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety guards with internal safety switching and no external switches (prevents flour entry and damage)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInternal mechanism locks the rollers in position — no ratchet to wear or catch the operator’s knuckles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds for easy access to the conveyor drive-rollers for thorough cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JDR-520\/3N sits within our range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pastry-sheeters\"\u003ecommercial pastry sheeters\u003c\/a\u003e and broader \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bakery-equipment\"\u003ebakery equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat are the belt width and table length of the JDR-520\/3N?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JDR-520\/3N has a 500mm conveyor belt width and a 960mm table length, giving ample working area for sheeting and folding dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat dough thickness can the JDR-520\/3N produce?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThickness is adjustable from 1mm to 35mm, so the sheeter can roll thin pastry through to thicker pizza and bread bases. The roller opening is 40mm with hard-chrome rollers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat power supply does the JDR-520\/3N require?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on three-phase power rated at 415V, 375W. A suitable three-phase outlet is required for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat warranty does the JDR-520\/3N come with?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JDR-520\/3N is covered by a 2 Years Parts and Labour warranty. Full terms are on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs finance available for the JDR-520\/3N?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef, with fast approvals to help you fit out your kitchen without a large upfront outlay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the belt width and table length of the JDR-520\/3N?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The JDR-520\/3N has a 500mm conveyor belt width and a 960mm table length, giving ample working area for sheeting and folding dough.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What dough thickness can the JDR-520\/3N produce?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Thickness is adjustable from 1mm to 35mm, so the sheeter can roll thin pastry through to thicker pizza and bread bases. The roller opening is 40mm with hard-chrome rollers.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the JDR-520\/3N require?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs on three-phase power rated at 415V, 375W. A suitable three-phase outlet is required for installation.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the JDR-520\/3N come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The JDR-520\/3N is covered by a 2 Years Parts and Labour warranty. Full terms are on our warranty information page.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is finance available for the JDR-520\/3N?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef, with fast approvals to help you fit out your kitchen without a large upfront outlay.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Yasaki","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539934806317,"sku":"JDR-520\/3N","price":7106.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-floor-model-dough-sheeter-jdr-5203n-9212333.jpg?v=1776427867"},{"product_id":"jdr-650-3n","title":"Tyrone Floor Model Dough Sheeter JDR-650\/3N","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Yasaki JDR-650\/3N is a \u003cstrong\u003efloor-model dough sheeter\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 630 mm belt, a 1200 mm table and thickness adjustable from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 35 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e through hard chrome rollers with a 40 mm opening. It handles up to \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 kg of dough\u003c\/strong\u003e. Built in steel, stainless steel and aluminium throughout — not plastic casings — with removable scraper assemblies and internally switched safety guards. It is a \u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase\u003c\/strong\u003e machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the JDR-650\/3N\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 to 35 mm thickness range\u003c\/strong\u003e — from a thin pastry sheet to a thick pizza base on one machine, set by the roller gap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e40 mm roller opening with hard chrome rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e — takes a substantial dough block on the first pass instead of needing it pre-flattened\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel, stainless steel and aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — Yasaki specify metal components and casings rather than the plastic used on many sheeters — it is the durability argument for this machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable scraper assemblies with low replacement cost\u003c\/strong\u003e — scrapers are a wear part; being able to pull and replace them cheaply is what keeps the belt from being ruined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolded position gives access to the conveyor drive rollers\u003c\/strong\u003e — dough builds up on rollers if they cannot be cleaned, which raises a bump under the belt and eventually tears it — access prevents that\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety guards with internal switching\u003c\/strong\u003e — the guards are wired into the machine rather than relying on the operator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo external switches\u003c\/strong\u003e — flour cannot get into switchgear, which is a common failure point on bakery equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal roller locking mechanism\u003c\/strong\u003e — no external ratchet to wear out or catch the operator's knuckles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYasaki\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJDR-650\/3N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJDR-650\/3N\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor Model Dough Sheeter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTable length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1–35 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm, hard chrome rollers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDough weight capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-grade conveyor belt\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrapers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable assemblies\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGuards with internal safety switching; no external switches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 V three-phase, 750 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2950 x 1100 x 1180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 x 1100 x 1850 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe JDR-650\/3N suits bakeries, patisseries, pizzerias and production kitchens sheeting dough daily. Two figures decide the purchase: it needs \u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase power\u003c\/strong\u003e, and at \u003cstrong\u003e2950 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e opened out it needs real floor space — measure the room before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/pastry-sheeters\"\u003epastry sheeters and dough rollers\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/yasaki\"\u003eYasaki\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a \u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase\u003c\/strong\u003e appliance and cannot be plugged into a normal outlet. Three-phase supply is common in purpose-built commercial kitchens but absent from many retail tenancies, so confirm it is available at the install position before ordering and have a licensed electrician make the connection. At \u003cstrong\u003e2950 mm wide opened out\u003c\/strong\u003e and 200 kg it is a substantial floor machine. The packed footprint is far smaller (720 mm wide) because the tables fold, so plan the operating space rather than the delivery space. Leave access to fold it and reach the conveyor drive rollers for cleaning. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the JDR-650\/3N be plugged in?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is a 415V three-phase machine and must be connected by a licensed electrician.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much space does it actually need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 2950mm wide with the tables extended, by 1100mm deep. It ships in a 720mm-wide carton because the tables fold, so do not plan the space from the packed dimensions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What thickness range does it sheet?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 1mm to 35mm, through hard chrome rollers with a 40mm opening. That covers thin pastry through to a thick pizza base.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does cleaning the drive rollers matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Dough builds up on rollers that cannot be reached, which raises a bump under the sheeting belt. That bump catches on the scrapers and eventually tears the belt. This machine folds to give access, which is a genuine maintenance advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it a bench or floor machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Floor. Some of the older description text on this listing referred to a bench model, which does not match a 2950mm, 200kg machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can the JDR-650\/3N be plugged in?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is a 415V three-phase machine and must be connected by a licensed electrician.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"How much space does it actually need?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"2950mm wide with the tables extended, by 1100mm deep. It ships in a 720mm-wide carton because the tables fold, so do not plan the space from the packed dimensions.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What thickness range does it sheet?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"1mm to 35mm, through hard chrome rollers with a 40mm opening. That covers thin pastry through to a thick pizza base.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Why does cleaning the drive rollers matter?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Dough builds up on rollers that cannot be reached, which raises a bump under the sheeting belt. That bump catches on the scrapers and eventually tears the belt. This machine folds to give access, which is a genuine maintenance advantage.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is it a bench or floor machine?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Floor. Some of the older description text on this listing referred to a bench model, which does not match a 2950mm, 200kg machine.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Yasaki","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539934970157,"sku":"JDR-650\/3N","price":8041.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-floor-model-dough-sheeter-jdr-6503n-2476522.jpg?v=1776427867"},{"product_id":"convectmax-convectmax-oven-50-to-300c-yxd1ae","title":"ConvectMax 4-Tray Bench Top Convection Oven YXD-1AE","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ConvectMax YXD-1AE is a compact bench top convection oven that delivers even, fan-forced cooking for cafes, takeaways and commercial kitchens working in tight spaces. It heats from 50°C to 300°C and ships with four aluminium trays for high-volume baking, reheating and roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy operators choose the YXD-1AE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour included aluminium trays (435 x 315 mm) for batch baking and service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwin fans for even heat distribution across every tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide 50°C to 300°C temperature range with manual controls and a timer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction built for daily commercial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact 595 mm wide footprint that fits onto most bench tops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-1AE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvection Oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 trays (4x 435 x 315 mm aluminium)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50°C to 300°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V; 2.4kW; 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric (Single Phase)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlass (opens forward \u0026amp; down)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e595(W) x 530(D) x 570(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650(W) x 660(D) x 660(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVenue suitability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for cafes, takeaways, bakeries and smaller commercial kitchens that need reliable fan-forced cooking without a full-size oven footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebench top convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or see every model in the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/a\u003e range to compare sizes and tray counts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery:\u003c\/strong\u003e Plugs into a standard 10A power point — no special wiring required. Dispatched Australia-wide. Warranty terms vary by product; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does the YXD-1AE hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e It includes four aluminium trays measuring 435 x 315 mm each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does it reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e The oven operates from 50°C up to 300°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e It runs on 240V single phase and draws 10A, so it plugs into a standard power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the oven fan-forced?\u003c\/strong\u003e Yes — it uses twin fans to circulate heat evenly across all trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are its dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e The oven measures 595(W) x 530(D) x 570(H)mm and weighs 38 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539939590445,"sku":"YXD-1AE","price":1011.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convectmax-convectmax-oven-50-to-300c-yxd-1ae-7180831.jpg?v=1776427814"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-non-stick-baking-tray-50-depth-cbkt4060-50","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Non-Stick Baking Tray 50 Depth CBKT4060-50","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems CBKT4060-50 is a heavy-duty non-stick baking tray in the standard 600 x 400 mm commercial format with a deep 50 mm depth, built for deep baking and roasting with easy release in cafes, bakeries and commercial kitchens. Finished with a non-stick coating over a 1.2 mm body, with a fine, smooth surface and a double rim for strength and rigidity, it releases bakes cleanly and wipes down fast, and it slides straight into standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CBKT4060-50\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-stick release\u003c\/strong\u003e — the coated surface releases bakes cleanly and speeds cleaning between services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 600 x 400 mm format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep 50 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds deep loads for traybakes, roasts and slices that need clean release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-rim strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — reinforced edges resist warping under repeated commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBKT4060-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBKT4060-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-Stick Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-stick coated, 1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine smooth finish, double rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CBKT4060-50 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and commercial kitchens turning out traybakes, roasts and deep slices at volume. For a plain uncoated tray, see the aluminium BKT4060 range; for a perforated base, see the CPT4060-30. The standard footprint keeps it compatible with existing bakery racks and oven runners for easy loading and stacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware range\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CBKT4060-50 arrives ready to use — no assembly required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the CBKT4060-50?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 600 x 400 mm with a deep 50 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the CBKT4060-50 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A 1.2 mm body with a non-stick coating, a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the CBKT4060-50 non-stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it has a non-stick coating for easy release. For a plain uncoated tray, choose the aluminium BKT4060 range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the CBKT4060-50 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the CBKT4060-50 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the CBKT4060-50?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"600 x 400 mm with a deep 50 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the CBKT4060-50 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 1.2 mm body with a non-stick coating, a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the CBKT4060-50 non-stick?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it has a non-stick coating for easy release. For a plain uncoated tray, choose the aluminium BKT4060 range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the CBKT4060-50 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the CBKT4060-50 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997229357,"sku":"CBKT4060-50","price":28.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-modular-system-non-stick-baking-tray-50-depth-cbkt4060-50-1508523.png?v=1776427689"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-non-stick-perforated-baking-tray-30-depth-cpt4060-30","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Non-Stick Perforated Baking Tray 30 Depth CPT4060-30","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems CPT4060-30 is a heavy-duty non-stick perforated baking tray in the standard 600 x 400 mm commercial format with a 30 mm depth, built for crisp-base baking and par-baked lines in cafes, bakeries and commercial kitchens. Finished with a non-stick coating over a 1.2 mm body and a perforated base, with a double rim for strength and rigidity, it lets air and moisture pass through for crisp, even results, and it slides straight into standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CPT4060-30\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerforated base\u003c\/strong\u003e — lets air and moisture escape for crisp bases and even browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 600 x 400 mm format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits bread, pastries, par-baked items and anything needing airflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-rim strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — reinforced edges resist warping under repeated commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPT4060-30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPT4060-30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-Stick Perforated Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-stick coated, 1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine smooth finish, double rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CPT4060-30 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and commercial kitchens turning out bread, pastries and par-baked items at volume. For solid-base trays, see the non-stick CBKT4060 or aluminium BKT4060 ranges. The standard footprint keeps it compatible with existing bakery racks and oven runners for easy loading and stacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware range\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CPT4060-30 arrives ready to use — no assembly required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the CPT4060-30?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 600 x 400 mm with a 30 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the CPT4060-30 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A 1.2 mm non-stick coated body with a perforated base and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the perforated base on the CPT4060-30 for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The perforations let air and moisture pass through the base for crisp bottoms and even browning — ideal for bread, pastries and par-baked items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the CPT4060-30 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the CPT4060-30 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the CPT4060-30?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"600 x 400 mm with a 30 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the CPT4060-30 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 1.2 mm non-stick coated body with a perforated base and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the perforated base on the CPT4060-30 for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The perforations let air and moisture pass through the base for crisp bottoms and even browning — ideal for bread, pastries and par-baked items.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the CPT4060-30 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the CPT4060-30 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997262125,"sku":"CPT4060-30","price":32.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-modular-system-non-stick-perforated-baking-tray-30-depth-cpt4060-30-2957479.png?v=1776427689"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-non-stick-baking-tray-20-depth-cbkt4060-20","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Non-Stick Baking Tray 20 Depth CBKT4060-20","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems CBKT4060-20 is a heavy-duty non-stick baking tray in the standard 600 x 400 mm commercial format with a 20 mm depth, built for everyday baking with easy release in cafes, bakeries and commercial kitchens. Finished with a non-stick coating over a 1.2 mm body, with a fine, smooth surface and a double rim for strength and rigidity, it releases bakes cleanly and wipes down fast, and it slides straight into standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CBKT4060-20\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-stick release\u003c\/strong\u003e — the coated surface releases bakes cleanly and speeds cleaning between services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 600 x 400 mm format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits slices, cakes, focaccia and general baking that needs clean release.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-rim strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — reinforced edges resist warping under repeated commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBKT4060-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCBKT4060-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-Stick Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-stick coated, 1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine smooth finish, double rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CBKT4060-20 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and commercial kitchens turning out cakes, slices and focaccia at volume. For a plain uncoated tray, see the aluminium BKT4060 range; for a perforated base, see the CPT4060-30. The standard footprint keeps it compatible with existing bakery racks and oven runners for easy loading and stacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware range\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CBKT4060-20 arrives ready to use — no assembly required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the CBKT4060-20?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 600 x 400 mm with a 20 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the CBKT4060-20 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A 1.2 mm body with a non-stick coating, a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the CBKT4060-20 non-stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it has a non-stick coating for easy release. For a plain uncoated tray, choose the aluminium BKT4060 range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the CBKT4060-20 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the CBKT4060-20 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the CBKT4060-20?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"600 x 400 mm with a 20 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the CBKT4060-20 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 1.2 mm body with a non-stick coating, a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the CBKT4060-20 non-stick?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it has a non-stick coating for easy release. For a plain uncoated tray, choose the aluminium BKT4060 range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the CBKT4060-20 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the CBKT4060-20 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997294893,"sku":"CBKT4060-20","price":27.2,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-modular-system-non-stick-baking-tray-20-depth-cbkt4060-20-5177392.png?v=1776427689"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-aluminium-baking-tray-50-depth-bkt4060-50","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Aluminium Baking Tray 50 Depth BKT4060-50","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems BKT4060-50 is a heavy-duty aluminium baking tray in the standard 600 x 400 mm commercial format with a deep 50 mm depth, built for deep roasting and tray bakes in cafes, bakeries and commercial kitchens. Made from 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity, it conducts heat evenly for consistent bakes, and it slides straight into standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BKT4060-50\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven heat conduction\u003c\/strong\u003e — aluminium spreads oven heat evenly for consistent browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 600 x 400 mm format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeep 50 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds liquids and deep loads for roasts, traybakes and catering volumes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-rim strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — reinforced edges resist warping under repeated commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBKT4060-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBKT4060-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, 1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine smooth finish, double rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BKT4060-50 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and commercial kitchens turning out roasts, traybakes and catering dishes at volume. For easy release on sticky bakes, see the non-stick coated CBKT4060 range. The standard footprint keeps it compatible with existing bakery racks and oven runners for easy loading and stacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware range\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BKT4060-50 arrives ready to use — no assembly required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the BKT4060-50?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 600 x 400 mm with a deep 50 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the BKT4060-50 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Heavy-duty 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the BKT4060-50 non-stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No — it is a plain aluminium tray. For non-stick release, choose the coated CBKT4060 range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the BKT4060-50 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the BKT4060-50 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the BKT4060-50?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"600 x 400 mm with a deep 50 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the BKT4060-50 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Heavy-duty 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the BKT4060-50 non-stick?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No — it is a plain aluminium tray. For non-stick release, choose the coated CBKT4060 range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the BKT4060-50 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the BKT4060-50 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539998474541,"sku":"BKT4060-50","price":20.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-modular-system-aluminium-baking-tray-50-depth-bkt4060-50-1130316.png?v=1776427688"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-aluminium-baking-tray-20-depth-bkt4060-20","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Aluminium Baking Tray 20 Depth BKT4060-20","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems BKT4060-20 is a heavy-duty aluminium baking tray in the standard 600 x 400 mm commercial format with a 20 mm depth, built for everyday baking and roasting in cafes, bakeries and commercial kitchens. Made from 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity, it conducts heat evenly for consistent bakes, and it slides straight into standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BKT4060-20\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven heat conduction\u003c\/strong\u003e — aluminium spreads oven heat evenly for consistent browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 600 x 400 mm format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — suits slices, focaccia, roasted vegetables and general baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-rim strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — reinforced edges resist warping under repeated commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBKT4060-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBKT4060-20\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, 1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine smooth finish, double rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BKT4060-20 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and commercial kitchens turning out slices, focaccia and roasted items at volume. For easy release on sticky bakes, see the non-stick coated CBKT4060 range. The standard footprint keeps it compatible with existing bakery racks and oven runners for easy loading and stacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware range\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BKT4060-20 arrives ready to use — no assembly required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the BKT4060-20?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 600 x 400 mm with a 20 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the BKT4060-20 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Heavy-duty 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the BKT4060-20 non-stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No — it is a plain aluminium tray. For non-stick release, choose the coated CBKT4060 range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the BKT4060-20 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the BKT4060-20 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the BKT4060-20?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"600 x 400 mm with a 20 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the BKT4060-20 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Heavy-duty 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the BKT4060-20 non-stick?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No — it is a plain aluminium tray. For non-stick release, choose the coated CBKT4060 range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the BKT4060-20 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the BKT4060-20 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539998507309,"sku":"BKT4060-20","price":18.7,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-modular-system-aluminium-baking-tray-20-depth-bkt4060-20-4119978.png?v=1776427688"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-aluminium-baking-tray-10-depth-bkt4060-10","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Aluminium Baking Tray 10 Depth BKT4060-10","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems BKT4060-10 is a heavy-duty aluminium baking tray in the standard 600 x 400 mm commercial format with a shallow 10 mm depth, built for high-volume flat baking and sheet work in cafes, bakeries and commercial kitchens. Made from 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity, it conducts heat evenly for consistent bakes, and it slides straight into standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi ovens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BKT4060-10\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven heat conduction\u003c\/strong\u003e — aluminium spreads oven heat evenly for consistent browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 600 x 400 mm format\u003c\/strong\u003e — fits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShallow 10 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for biscuits, flat bakes and cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-rim strength\u003c\/strong\u003e — reinforced edges resist warping under repeated commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBKT4060-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBKT4060-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (L×W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, 1.2 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFine smooth finish, double rim\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 × 400 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BKT4060-10 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and commercial kitchens turning out biscuits, flatbreads and sheet bakes at volume. For easy release on sticky bakes, see the non-stick coated CBKT4060 range. The standard footprint keeps it compatible with existing bakery racks and oven runners for easy loading and stacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware range\u003c\/a\u003e or explore more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems equipment\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe BKT4060-10 arrives ready to use — no assembly required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size is the BKT4060-10?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 600 x 400 mm with a shallow 10 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the BKT4060-10 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Heavy-duty 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the BKT4060-10 non-stick?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No — it is a plain aluminium tray. For non-stick release, choose the coated CBKT4060 range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the BKT4060-10 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the BKT4060-10 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size is the BKT4060-10?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"600 x 400 mm with a shallow 10 mm depth — the standard commercial bakery-tray format.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the BKT4060-10 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Heavy-duty 1.2 mm aluminium with a fine, smooth finish and a double rim for strength and rigidity.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the BKT4060-10 non-stick?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No — it is a plain aluminium tray. For non-stick release, choose the coated CBKT4060 range.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the BKT4060-10 fit standard bakery racks and combi ovens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. The 600 x 400 mm footprint suits standard bakery racks, prover trolleys and combi-oven runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the BKT4060-10 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539998834989,"sku":"BKT4060-10","price":17.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-modular-system-aluminium-baking-tray-10-depth-bkt4060-10-2610579.png?v=1776427688"},{"product_id":"fagor-gn-1-1-20-deep-granite-coating-baking-tray-19001978","title":"Fagor Gn 1\/1 20 Deep Granite Coating Baking Tray 19001978","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Fagor 19001978 is a GN 1\/1 (gastronorm) granite-coated baking tray, 20 mm deep and sized 325 × 530 mm, that fits Fagor combi ovens and other equipment taking standard 1\/1 trays. The shallow 20 mm depth suits flatter bakes—tray bakes, thin sponges and pizzas—while the granite non-stick coating gives clean release and even browning underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the 19001978\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard GN 1\/1 fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 × 530 mm slots into Fagor combi ovens and gastronorm equipment taking 1\/1 trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShallow 20 mm depth\u003c\/strong\u003e — ideal for tray bakes, thin sponges and pizzas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGranite non-stick coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — clean release and easy wash-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven browning\u003c\/strong\u003e — good thermal conductivity browns bakery products evenly underneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFagor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19001978\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19001978\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGranite-Coated Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGN format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/1 GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 × 530 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial \/ coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGranite non-stick coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFagor combi ovens and gastronorm equipment taking 1\/1 GN trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 325 × 20 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer-backed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19001978 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and catering kitchens that need a shallow non-stick GN 1\/1 tray for pizzas, tray bakes and thin sponges. For deeper cakes and roasts, the same tray is also offered in a 40 mm-deep version. As a 1\/1 gastronorm accessory, it fits Fagor combi ovens and other equipment taking standard 1\/1 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bakery-equipment\"\u003ecommercial bakery equipment\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fagor\"\u003eFagor range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19001978 arrives ready to use—simply slide it into a compatible 1\/1 GN position; no assembly, power or plumbing is required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. This Fagor accessory is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the Fagor 19001978 fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a GN 1\/1 (gastronorm) tray sized 325 × 530 mm, designed to fit Fagor combi ovens and other equipment that take standard 1\/1 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How deep is the 19001978?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is 20 mm deep — the shallow option, best for tray bakes, thin sponges and pizzas. A 40 mm-deep version is also available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the coating on the 19001978?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A granite non-stick coating, so bakes release cleanly and the tray washes up easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What can I bake on the 19001978?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It suits tray bakes, cake mixtures and pizzas, and its thermal conductivity browns bakery products evenly underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the 19001978 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the Fagor 19001978 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a GN 1\/1 (gastronorm) tray sized 325 × 530 mm, designed to fit Fagor combi ovens and other equipment that take standard 1\/1 trays.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How deep is the 19001978?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is 20 mm deep — the shallow option, best for tray bakes, thin sponges and pizzas. A 40 mm-deep version is also available.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the coating on the 19001978?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A granite non-stick coating, so bakes release cleanly and the tray washes up easily.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can I bake on the 19001978?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It suits tray bakes, cake mixtures and pizzas, and its thermal conductivity browns bakery products evenly underneath.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the 19001978 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Fagor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540004798765,"sku":"19001978","price":204.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/19001978.png?v=1776347568"},{"product_id":"fagor-gn-1-1-40-deep-granite-coating-baking-tray-19001979","title":"Fagor Gn 1\/1 40 Deep Granite Coating Baking Tray 19001979","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Fagor 19001979 is a GN 1\/1 (gastronorm) granite-coated baking tray, 40 mm deep and sized 325 × 530 mm, that fits Fagor combi ovens and other equipment taking standard 1\/1 trays. The deeper 40 mm wall holds more mixture and liquid—so it suits cakes, deeper bakes and roasts—while the granite non-stick coating gives clean release and even browning underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the 19001979\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard GN 1\/1 fit\u003c\/strong\u003e — 325 × 530 mm slots into Fagor combi ovens and gastronorm equipment taking 1\/1 trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDeeper 40 mm wall\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds more mixture for cakes, deeper bakes and roasts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGranite non-stick coating\u003c\/strong\u003e — clean release and easy wash-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEven browning\u003c\/strong\u003e — good thermal conductivity browns bakery products evenly underneath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFagor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19001979\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19001979\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGranite-Coated Baking Tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGN format\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/1 GN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePan size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e325 × 530 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial \/ coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGranite non-stick coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFagor combi ovens and gastronorm equipment taking 1\/1 GN trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e530 × 325 × 40 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturer-backed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19001979 suits bakeries, cafes, patisseries and catering kitchens that need a deeper non-stick GN 1\/1 tray for cakes, deeper bakes and roasts. For flatter tray bakes and pizzas, the same tray is also offered in a shallower 20 mm-deep version. As a 1\/1 gastronorm accessory, it fits Fagor combi ovens and other equipment taking standard 1\/1 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bakery-equipment\"\u003ecommercial bakery equipment\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/fagor\"\u003eFagor range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 19001979 arrives ready to use—simply slide it into a compatible 1\/1 GN position; no assembly, power or plumbing is required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. This Fagor accessory is covered by a manufacturer-backed warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the Fagor 19001979 fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a GN 1\/1 (gastronorm) tray sized 325 × 530 mm, designed to fit Fagor combi ovens and other equipment that take standard 1\/1 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How deep is the 19001979?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is 40 mm deep — the deeper option, best for cakes, deeper bakes and roasts. A shallower 20 mm-deep version is also available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the coating on the 19001979?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: A granite non-stick coating, so bakes release cleanly and the tray washes up easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What can I bake on the 19001979?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It suits cake mixtures, deeper tray bakes and roasts, and its thermal conductivity browns bakery products evenly underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the 19001979 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the Fagor 19001979 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a GN 1\/1 (gastronorm) tray sized 325 × 530 mm, designed to fit Fagor combi ovens and other equipment that take standard 1\/1 trays.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How deep is the 19001979?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is 40 mm deep — the deeper option, best for cakes, deeper bakes and roasts. A shallower 20 mm-deep version is also available.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the coating on the 19001979?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A granite non-stick coating, so bakes release cleanly and the tray washes up easily.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What can I bake on the 19001979?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It suits cake mixtures, deeper tray bakes and roasts, and its thermal conductivity browns bakery products evenly underneath.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the 19001979 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Fagor","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540004897069,"sku":"19001979","price":221.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/19001978_2.png?v=1776347571"},{"product_id":"convect-max-digital-convection-oven-yxd-1di","title":"Convect Max YXD-1DI 4 Tray Digital Convection Oven","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ConvectMax YXD-1DI is a 4 tray digital benchtop convection oven built for cafés, bakeries, pubs and small commercial kitchens that need reliable convection baking without a 15A power upgrade. Stainless steel construction, two reversing fans for an even bake, digital control from 50–300°C and a double-layer glass viewing door.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the YXD-1DI\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRuns on a standard 10A plug\u003c\/strong\u003e — 240V, 2.4kW; slots into most existing bench outlets, no electrician required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 aluminium trays included (437 x 314mm)\u003c\/strong\u003e — bake-ready out of the box, with 80mm tray spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo reversing fans\u003c\/strong\u003e — airflow reversal improves bake evenness across all four levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50–300°C digital control\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers proofing through high-heat baking, with a 120-minute timer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEnamel interior + double-layer glass door\u003c\/strong\u003e — easy daily cleaning and clear product visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Digital Convection Oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 437 x 314mm aluminium trays (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–300°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 2.4kW\/10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal Chamber (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 x 375 x 360mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e595 x 530 x 570mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 x 660 x 640mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for small-site cafés, specialty bakeries, pubs doing light bake-off, takeaway operators and commercial kitchens needing a reliable secondary oven without upgrading the electrical circuit. The 10A plug compatibility makes it a popular retrofit choice for professional fit-outs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlug and play on a standard 240V 10A outlet — the 2.4kW draw sits within standard circuit capacity. Allow clearance around the unit for ventilation per the supplier specification sheet. Equipment finance is available through SilverChef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the YXD-1DI run on a standard 10A wall plug?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — 240V, 2.4kW at 10A, so no electrician is required. This is a key differentiator against higher-powered benchtop convection ovens that need a 15A circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size trays fit the YXD-1DI?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour aluminium trays at 437 x 314mm are included, with 80mm spacing between levels. Slightly smaller trays also fit; the 460mm internal chamber width is the hard limit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I bake in this convection oven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCakes, pastries, pies, cookies, savoury bakes, bread rolls and small-batch roasting. For full-scale commercial bakery production, consider a larger 600 x 400mm tray convection oven from the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection oven range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do the reversing fans help?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost convection ovens run the fan in one direction. The YXD-1DI's two fans reverse airflow direction, evening out hot and cold spots across the 4-level rack and reducing the need to rotate trays mid-bake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty does the YXD-1DI come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConvectMax covers the YXD-1DI with a 1 year parts and labour warranty. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003eSee all benchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eBrowse the full ConvectMax range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540006601005,"sku":"YXD-1DI","price":1181.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convect-max-digital-convection-oven-yxd-1di-9822729.jpg?v=1776427574"},{"product_id":"convect-max-digital-convection-oven-with-grill-yxd-3di","title":"ConvectMax YXD-3DI 62L Digital Convection Oven with Grill","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ConvectMax YXD-3DI is a benchtop digital convection oven with a built-in grill, giving cafes, bakeries, delis and small commercial kitchens fan-forced baking, roasting and browning from a compact 595 mm wide footprint. A 62-litre chamber taking four 437 × 314 mm trays, precise digital 50–260°C control, a 120-minute bell timer and dual high-speed motors with dual round heaters deliver fast, even results, finished in easy-clean stainless steel inside and out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the YXD-3DI\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e62L four-tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — bake, roast and reheat multiple loads at once without a full-size oven footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital 50–260°C control\u003c\/strong\u003e — set exact temperatures for repeatable results, batch after batch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in grill function\u003c\/strong\u003e — finish and brown in the same chamber, no separate salamander needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual motors, dual heaters\u003c\/strong\u003e — two high-speed fans and dual round heating elements push even heat across every tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel inside and out\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to daily commercial service and wipes clean fast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCool-touch double-glazed door\u003c\/strong\u003e — tempered glass stays safer to handle through long service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120-minute bell timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps a busy line on schedule without anyone watching the clock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-3DI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 2.4kW, 10A, single phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 437 × 314 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–260°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120-minute with bell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrill function\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, built-in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 × 375 × 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e595 × 595 × 585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e660 × 640 × 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-3DI suits cafes, bakeries, delis, sandwich bars and small commercial kitchens that need precise multi-tray baking and grilling where bench space is tight. As a benchtop electric unit it is not a substitute for a full-size floor oven in high-volume production bakeries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eConvectMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-3DI runs on a 240V 10A single-phase supply — a standard power point, with no hardwiring or gas connection required — and sits on any sturdy bench. It arrives packed at 660 × 640 × 640 mm (46 kg), so it fits through standard doorways but is best handled as a two-person lift onto the bench. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide, and SilverChef finance is available for eligible businesses. Warranty is 2 years parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the ConvectMax YXD-3DI gas or electric?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is electric, running on a 240V 10A single-phase supply drawing 2.4kW — no gas connection or hardwiring required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the YXD-3DI hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It takes four 437 × 314 mm trays in a 62-litre chamber, with dual high-speed motors and dual round heaters spreading heat evenly across every level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the YXD-3DI have a grill function?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — a built-in grill lets you finish and brown food in the same chamber without a separate appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the ConvectMax YXD-3DI?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 595 × 595 × 585 mm (W×D×H) externally with a 460 × 375 × 360 mm oven chamber, and weighs 39 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the YXD-3DI come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The YXD-3DI is covered by a 2-year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty; see the CKA warranty information page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540007551277,"sku":"YXD-3DI","price":1351.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convect-max-digital-convection-oven-with-grill-yxd-3di-8650862.jpg?v=1776427575"},{"product_id":"convect-max-convection-oven-with-grill-yxd-3ae","title":"ConvectMax YXD-3AE 62L 4-Tray Benchtop Convection Oven with Grill","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ConvectMax YXD-3AE is a 62-litre benchtop electric convection oven with a built-in grill and simple three-knob analogue controls, built for cafes, bakeries, sandwich bars and small commercial kitchens that want set-and-go batch baking. It holds four 325 x 450 mm aluminium trays with a 75 mm gap between levels, cooks from 50-300°C with a 360°C safety high-limit thermostat, and plugs into a standard 240V 10A outlet at 2.4kW — no hardwiring or gas connection required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the ConvectMax YXD-3AE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-tray 62L capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — four 325 x 450 mm aluminium trays with a 75 mm gap between levels for even airflow and taller items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple three-knob analogue control\u003c\/strong\u003e — set the temperature and the 120-minute bell timer and go; nothing to program, easy for any staff member.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide 50-300°C range\u003c\/strong\u003e — gentle warming through to hard bakes, backed by a 360°C safety high-limit thermostat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual heaters, twin fan motors\u003c\/strong\u003e — spread heat evenly across every tray for consistent batch results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in grill function\u003c\/strong\u003e — brown and finish in the same chamber without a separate appliance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — commercial-grade body with a double-glazed glass door that wipes clean fast after service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConvectMax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYXD-3AE\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 2.4kW \/ 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 325 x 450 mm aluminium trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e75 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 analogue knobs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50-300°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety Thermostat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360°C high-limit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120-minute with bell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrill Function\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, built-in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal Dimensions (WxDxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 x 375 x 360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal Dimensions (WxDxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e595 x 595 x 585 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Dimensions (WxDxH)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 x 660 x 640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts and Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-3AE suits cafes, patisseries, sandwich bars and bakery counters that need reliable four-tray batch baking, reheating and grilling without a full-size floor oven. Venues that want programmable push-button precision should look to the digital ConvectMax YXD-3DI instead, while high-volume production bakeries will outgrow a benchtop unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/convectmax\"\u003eConvectMax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-3AE is plug-and-play on a standard 240V 10A power point at 2.4kW — no hardwiring or gas connection required — and sits on any sturdy bench. It arrives packed at 640 x 660 x 640 mm (46 kg), so it clears standard doorways but is best carried by two people. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide, with equipment finance available through SilverChef. Warranty is 2 years parts and labour — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eIs the ConvectMax YXD-3AE manual or digital?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is the manual model — three analogue knobs control temperature, function and the 120-minute bell timer. If you want push-button digital control, the ConvectMax YXD-3DI is the digital counterpart of this benchtop convection oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow many trays does the YXD-3AE hold?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds four 325 x 450 mm aluminium baking trays in a 62-litre chamber, with a 75 mm gap between levels for airflow and taller items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat power supply does the YXD-3AE need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on 240V single-phase power, drawing 2.4kW through a standard 10A outlet, so no special wiring or gas connection is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eDoes the YXD-3AE have a grill function?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — alongside fan-forced convection baking across 50-300°C it includes a built-in grilling function in the same chamber, so you can brown and finish without a separate appliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat warranty does the ConvectMax YXD-3AE come with?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YXD-3AE is covered by a 2-year parts and labour warranty. See our warranty information page for the full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"ConvectMax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540007584045,"sku":"YXD-3AE","price":1181.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/convect-max-convection-oven-with-grill-yxd-3ae-8164322.jpg?v=1776427573"},{"product_id":"tyrone-heavy-duty-planetary-mixer-60l-b60gx-s","title":"Tyrone Heavy Duty Planetary Mixer 60L B60GX\/S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone B60GX\/S is a \u003cstrong\u003e60 litre heavy duty planetary mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e and — importantly — the \u003cstrong\u003esingle-phase\u003c\/strong\u003e build. Its own specification states \u003cstrong\u003eSingle Phase Hard Wire\u003c\/strong\u003e at 240 V and 2,500 W, so it needs an electrician but not a three-phase circuit. It has 10 variable speeds on a belt-and-variable-frequency drive and \u003cstrong\u003eautomatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e, because a 60 litre bowl of dough is beyond a safe manual lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B60GX\/S\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle phase, hard-wired - not three-phase\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is the whole point of the \/S build. At 2,500 W it draws about 10.4 A, just over what a 10 A outlet carries, so it is hard-wired single phase rather than needing a three-phase circuit and switchboard work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic bowl positioning adjustment with trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e — the feature that makes 60 litres workable by one person - a full bowl at this size cannot be lifted safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 variable speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — genuinely variable rather than gear steps, and the drive ramps rather than jolting a heavy bowl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the setting survives a staff change instead of being re-guessed each shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll three attachments included\u003c\/strong\u003e — wire whisk, dough hook and flat beater supplied, so nothing else is needed before first use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital timer with front-mounted controls\u003c\/strong\u003e — readable and settable from where the operator stands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/strong\u003e — protects the motor where the supply is not clean, which matters on a machine this size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheating protection with error codes\u003c\/strong\u003e — it stops itself and then tells you why\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented power system running cooler and quieter\u003c\/strong\u003e — relevant in a bakery where the mixer runs for hours at a stretch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB60GX\/S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB60GX\/S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlanetary mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V single phase, hard wired\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRated power\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-wired by an electrician - single phase, not three phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 variable, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAutomatic bowl positioning adjustment with trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAttachments included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire whisk, dough hook, flat beater\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital timer, front-mounted controls, speed memory, error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; tolerates large current fluctuations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e816 x 823 x 1472 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e870 x 1110 x 1570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot recorded in our product data\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B60GX\/S suits production bakeries, patisseries and central kitchens working in 60 litre batches on a site with no three-phase supply — which is exactly why this build exists. If you do have three phase, the plain B60GX covers the same bowl size; talk to us about which suits your board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-planetary-mixers\"\u003ecommercial planetary mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSingle phase, hard wired, by a licensed electrician.\u003c\/strong\u003e Its own specification states this in words, and the arithmetic agrees: 2,500 W at 240 V is about 10.4 A, just above what a 10 A outlet carries, so it is wired in rather than plugged in. That is a materially cheaper job than a three-phase run. Plan the delivery against the 870 x 1110 x 1570 mm packed size — check door widths and the route — and allow clearance above the bowl plus room for the bowl trolley to move. Our data records no net weight for this model, so ask us if floor loading matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the B60GX\/S single phase or three phase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSingle phase, and hard wired. Its own specification says 'Single Phase Hard Wire' and both power fields record 240 V at 2,500 W. That draws about 10.4 A, which is just over a 10 A outlet, so an electrician wires it in - but you do not need a three-phase circuit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the \/S in the model name mean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn the evidence of this listing it denotes the single-phase build: this SKU states single phase in words, while the 80 litre B80GX in the same range records 415 V three-phase. If you are comparing 60 litre options, check the supply on the specific SKU rather than assuming.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does the bowl trolley matter at 60 litres?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 60 litre bowl full of dough is well beyond a safe manual lift. Automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley lets one person raise, lower and move the bowl instead of needing two people or risking an injury.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which attachments are included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, plus the safety guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How heavy is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur product data does not record a net weight for this model. Given the 60 litre bowl and the trolley it is a substantial machine, so ask our team for a measured figure if floor loading or the delivery route is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B60GX\/S come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the B60GX\/S single phase or three phase?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Single phase, and hard wired. Its own specification says 'Single Phase Hard Wire' and both power fields record 240 V at 2,500 W. That draws about 10.4 A, which is just over a 10 A outlet, so an electrician wires it in - but you do not need a three-phase circuit.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the \/S in the model name mean?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"On the evidence of this listing it denotes the single-phase build: this SKU states single phase in words, while the 80 litre B80GX in the same range records 415 V three-phase. If you are comparing 60 litre options, check the supply on the specific SKU rather than assuming.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does the bowl trolley matter at 60 litres?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A 60 litre bowl full of dough is well beyond a safe manual lift. Automatic bowl positioning adjustment with a trolley lets one person raise, lower and move the bowl instead of needing two people or risking an injury.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Which attachments are included?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A wire whisk, a dough hook and a flat beater, plus the safety guard.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How heavy is it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Our product data does not record a net weight for this model. Given the 60 litre bowl and the trolley it is a substantial machine, so ask our team for a measured figure if floor loading or the delivery route is tight.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B60GX\/S come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540011090221,"sku":"B60GX\/S","price":10191.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyrone-heavy-duty-planetary-mixer-60l-b60gxs-7784826.png?v=1776427457"},{"product_id":"tyron-round-dough-press-dp-18s","title":"Tyron Round Dough Press – DP-18S","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone DP-18S is a \u003cstrong\u003eclamshell round dough press\u003c\/strong\u003e with an \u003cstrong\u003e18 inch non-stick aluminium plate\u003c\/strong\u003e, adjustable from \u003cstrong\u003e1 to 15 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and handling up to \u003cstrong\u003e680 g of dough\u003c\/strong\u003e. The distinguishing feature is that the \u003cstrong\u003eupper plate heats to 98 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e, which relaxes the dough as it presses instead of fighting it. It runs in manual or digital mode from a digital panel showing time and temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit, and needs a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the DP-18S\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeated upper plate to 98 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — the reason to buy a press rather than a roller: warmth relaxes the gluten so the base holds its shape instead of springing back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1 to 15 mm thickness, fully adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e — one machine covers a thin pizza base and a thick tortilla or flatbread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 inch non-stick aluminium plate\u003c\/strong\u003e — large enough for a full pizza base, and non-stick means no dusting flour between presses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual and digital operation\u003c\/strong\u003e — run it on feel or set it and let the panel repeat the same press every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital panel with time and temperature, Celsius or Fahrenheit\u003c\/strong\u003e — the settings are visible, so a result is repeatable by whoever is on shift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 680 g of dough per press\u003c\/strong\u003e — a genuine commercial dough ball rather than a token one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e58 degree opening angle\u003c\/strong\u003e — enough clearance to load and lift out comfortably without fighting the lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour plastic feet\u003c\/strong\u003e — it stays put under press force, which is what keeps the thickness even across the base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClamshell design\u003c\/strong\u003e — one motion down and up - the fastest format for repetitive base production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDP-18S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDP-18S\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRound dough press, clamshell\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 inch diameter, non-stick aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThickness adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 to 15 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper plate temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeats to 98 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDough capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 680 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManual and digital\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital panel with time and temperature display; Celsius or Fahrenheit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpening angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 plastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 3,300 W, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 470 x 765 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum height with handle raised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e857 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e770 x 460 x 470 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe DP-18S suits pizzerias, tortilla and flatbread producers, and any kitchen turning out bases in volume where hand-stretching is the bottleneck. At 470 mm square it takes little bench, but allow for the 857 mm height with the handle raised and settle the 15 A supply first.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/dough-rollers-and-rounders\"\u003edough rollers and rounders\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply. A 15 A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10 A socket, so confirm the circuit or budget for an electrician. The footprint is only 470 mm square, but the handle lifts the machine's maximum height to 857 mm — check that against any shelf or wall unit above the intended position, because 765 mm of cabinet height is not the figure that matters. The upper plate is heated, so leave clearance around it and treat it as hot equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Why does the heated plate matter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe upper plate heats to 98 degrees C, which relaxes the gluten while the dough is under pressure. A cold press fights the dough and the base springs back; a warm one lets it hold the shape you pressed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How thick or thin can it press?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e1 to 15 mm, adjustable across the full range, so it covers thin pizza bases through to thicker flatbreads and tortillas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much clearance does it need above the bench?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMore than its 765 mm cabinet height suggests - with the handle raised the maximum height is 857 mm. Measure against that figure, not the closed one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it run from a standard power point?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. At 3,300 W it needs a 15 A supply. A 15 A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10 A socket, so confirm the circuit or budget for an electrician.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What size dough ball does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 680 g per press.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the DP-18S come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Why does the heated plate matter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The upper plate heats to 98 degrees C, which relaxes the gluten while the dough is under pressure. A cold press fights the dough and the base springs back; a warm one lets it hold the shape you pressed.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How thick or thin can it press?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"1 to 15 mm, adjustable across the full range, so it covers thin pizza bases through to thicker flatbreads and tortillas.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much clearance does it need above the bench?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"More than its 765 mm cabinet height suggests - with the handle raised the maximum height is 857 mm. Measure against that figure, not the closed one.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will it run from a standard power point?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. At 3,300 W it needs a 15 A supply. A 15 A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10 A socket, so confirm the circuit or budget for an electrician.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What size dough ball does it take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Up to 680 g per press.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the DP-18S come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540011122989,"sku":"DP-18S","price":4156.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyron-round-dough-press-dp-18s-8525687.png?v=1776427454"},{"product_id":"tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-66l-spiral-mixer-scp66","title":"Tyron Fixed Head Heavy Duty 66L Spiral Mixer – SCP66","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone SCP66 is a \u003cstrong\u003e66 litre fixed-head spiral mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e550 x 370 mm bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e, taking \u003cstrong\u003e0.25 to 30 kg of flour\u003c\/strong\u003e and a recorded \u003cstrong\u003ekneading capacity of 45 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. Like the smaller SCP23 it runs \u003cstrong\u003eten speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e with speed memory and programmable work steps, and is rated for a \u003cstrong\u003e50 to 57% hydration recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a \u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase machine\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCP66\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA working range from 0.25 kg to 30 kg of flour\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 120-fold range on one machine. The 0.25 kg minimum is the unusual end - most mixers this size cannot engage a small batch at all, which normally forces a venue into a second smaller machine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45 kg kneading capacity recorded\u003c\/strong\u003e — stated separately from the 30 kg flour figure - flour is what you charge, kneading capacity is the finished dough mass the machine is rated to work\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 50 to 57% hydration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a stated working window rather than a vague claim\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e415 V three phase\u003c\/strong\u003e — an installation job, not a plug. Price the electrical work before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTen speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — not two fixed speeds but a VFD-controlled range, and the machine remembers the speed you prefer. That matters if you run several dough types on one mixer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable work steps with a timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — set a sequence rather than standing at the controls. Combined with the speed memory it makes the result repeatable between staff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatically adjusts speed to maintain power output\u003c\/strong\u003e — as the dough stiffens the load rises; the drive compensates instead of bogging down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInching reverse and positive reverse\u003c\/strong\u003e — jog the bowl backwards to free dough and help unloading, which on a fixed-head machine is the awkward part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital panel showing speed and operating time\u003c\/strong\u003e — both read rather than estimated, which is what makes a recipe repeatable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError code system\u003c\/strong\u003e — a fault reports itself rather than presenting as a machine that will not start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — built in. A spiral mixer working stiff dough draws hard, and these are what stop an overloaded batch becoming a motor replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable feet and four castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — level it where it stands, roll it out to clean behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/strong\u003e — fitted as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ SKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP66\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral mixer, fixed head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlour capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 to 30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKneading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 57%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10, variable frequency drive; double action\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital panel with speed and operating-time display; programmable work steps; speed memory; timer; inching reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheat protection; safety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable feet and 4 castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 V, 3.3 kW, three phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e205 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 x 1020 x 1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 1120 x 1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus a 2nd year parts only if registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCP66 suits bakeries and high-volume pizzerias working up to 30 kg of flour a batch, and the unusually low 0.25 kg minimum means it can also handle a small trial dough without a second machine. It needs a three-phase supply, so the electrical work belongs in the budget from the start.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-spiral-mixers\"\u003ecommercial spiral mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a 415 V three-phase machine at 3.3 kW\u003c\/strong\u003e — installation by a licensed electrician, and if three phase is not already at your premises price that work before committing, because it can exceed the cost of the machine. \u003cstrong\u003eDimensions are recorded width x depth x height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 620 mm wide, 1,020 mm deep, 1,070 mm tall, weighing \u003cstrong\u003e205 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e — plan the delivery route. It packs at 700 x 1,120 x 1,150 mm.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty condition:\u003c\/strong\u003e the second year of parts cover applies only if the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. Register it on delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms are per product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between flour capacity and kneading capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlour capacity (0.25 to 30 kg) is what you charge into the bowl. Kneading capacity (45 kg) is the finished dough mass the machine is rated to work once the water is in. Both are recorded for this model - use the flour figure when you are scaling a recipe and the kneading figure when you are checking the machine is not being overloaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What electrical supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e415 V three phase at 3.3 kW, installed by a licensed electrician. This is not a plug-in machine. If your premises do not already have three phase, get that priced before you order - it is often the larger part of the total cost.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the variable frequency drive give me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen speeds rather than the usual two, held under changing load: as the dough stiffens the drive adjusts to maintain power output instead of bogging down. It also memorises a preferred speed and runs programmable work steps, so the result is repeatable between staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it mix a small batch?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - down to 0.25 kg of flour, which is unusual on a 66 litre machine. Most mixers this size cannot engage a batch that small, which normally means keeping a second small mixer for trial doughs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What hydration can it handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRated for 50 to 57%. If you are working outside that window, ask us before ordering rather than assuming it will cope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the difference between flour capacity and kneading capacity?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Flour capacity (0.25 to 30 kg) is what you charge into the bowl. Kneading capacity (45 kg) is the finished dough mass the machine is rated to work once the water is in. Both are recorded for this model - use the flour figure when you are scaling a recipe and the kneading figure when you are checking the machine is not being overloaded.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What electrical supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"415 V three phase at 3.3 kW, installed by a licensed electrician. This is not a plug-in machine. If your premises do not already have three phase, get that priced before you order - it is often the larger part of the total cost.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the variable frequency drive give me?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Ten speeds rather than the usual two, held under changing load: as the dough stiffens the drive adjusts to maintain power output instead of bogging down. It also memorises a preferred speed and runs programmable work steps, so the result is repeatable between staff.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it mix a small batch?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes - down to 0.25 kg of flour, which is unusual on a 66 litre machine. Most mixers this size cannot engage a batch that small, which normally means keeping a second small mixer for trial doughs.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What hydration can it handle?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Rated for 50 to 57%. If you are working outside that window, ask us before ordering rather than assuming it will cope.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540011188525,"sku":"SCP66","price":4666.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-66l-spiral-mixer-scp66-6653583.png?v=1776427453"},{"product_id":"tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-55l-spiral-mixer-scp55","title":"Tyron Fixed Head Heavy Duty 55L Spiral Mixer – SCP55","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone SCP55 is a \u003cstrong\u003e55 litre fixed-head spiral mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e38 kg kneading capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e and a flour range of 0.25 to 25 kg — so it handles a trial batch as readily as a full one. Drive is belt plus a variable frequency drive giving 10 speeds with double action, and the panel \u003cstrong\u003ememorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e and runs programmable work steps. Important: it is specified for \u003cstrong\u003e50 to 57 % hydration\u003c\/strong\u003e doughs, and it needs a \u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase\u003c\/strong\u003e supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCP55\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecified for 50 to 57 % hydration dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — check this before you buy - hydration is water weight as a percentage of flour weight, and many pizza and ciabatta recipes run wetter than 57 %\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e38 kg kneading capacity from a 0.25 kg minimum\u003c\/strong\u003e — the low end matters as much as the high: a mixer that cannot handle a quarter-kilo batch is useless for a trial or a small special\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e415 V three-phase\u003c\/strong\u003e — unlike the 45 litre model in this range, which runs single phase on 15 A, this machine needs a three-phase circuit - settle it before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable frequency drive, 10 speeds, double action\u003c\/strong\u003e — real speed control rather than two fixed gears, so one machine handles a slow autolyse and a fast final mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the recipe survives a staff change instead of living in one person's head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable work steps with a digital timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — a multi-stage mix runs itself rather than needing someone watching the clock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInching reverse and positive reverse\u003c\/strong\u003e — short reverse bursts free a climbing or jammed dough without stopping and digging it out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatically adjusts speed to maintain power output\u003c\/strong\u003e — it holds kneading force as the dough stiffens, rather than bogging down when the mix matters most\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable feet plus four castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — levels for daily use and rolls out for cleaning behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed-head spiral mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKneading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlour range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 to 25 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable dough hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 57 per cent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10, double action, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital panel with speed and operating-time display; programmable work steps; speed memory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer and inching reverse; positive reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e415 V three-phase plus neutral, 3.3 kW\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHard-wired by an electrician - not a plug-in appliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 x 1020 x 1070 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e700 x 1120 x 1150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e195 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable feet and 4 castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCP55 suits bakeries, pizzerias, patisseries and production kitchens mixing 25 to 38 kg batches through the day. Two things decide it: the hydration band, and the three-phase supply — its 45 litre sibling runs single phase, so if your board has no three phase, look at that instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-spiral-mixers\"\u003ecommercial spiral mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis is a three-phase appliance and must be hard-wired by a licensed electrician\u003c\/strong\u003e — it will not run from any power point. 415 V three-phase plus neutral at 3.3 kW; our data records no amperage, so your electrician will size the circuit from the kW. At 195 kg it is a multi-person move; it sits on adjustable feet with four castors so it levels in place and rolls out for cleaning. Allow clearance above the bowl for loading and for the safety guard to lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the 50 to 57 % hydration specification mean for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHydration is water weight as a percentage of flour weight. This mixer is specified for the 50 to 57 per cent band, which covers most bread and many pizza doughs but not the wetter ones - plenty of pizza and ciabatta recipes run at 60 per cent or above. Work out your recipe's hydration before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What supply does the SCP55 need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e415 V three-phase plus neutral at 3.3 kW, hard-wired by a licensed electrician. Our data records no amperage, so your electrician sizes the circuit from the kW figure. Note the 45 litre model in this range runs single phase on 15 A, so if three phase is not available that is the alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the smallest batch it will mix properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flour range starts at 0.25 kg, so it handles a quarter-kilo test batch as well as a full 25 kg load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the inching reverse function do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt drives the spiral backwards in short bursts. If dough climbs the hook or binds, a reverse burst frees it without you stopping the machine and reaching in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it remember settings between batches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It memorises a preferred mixing speed and runs programmable work steps, so a multi-stage mix repeats the same way regardless of who is operating it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the SCP55 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the 50 to 57 % hydration specification mean for me?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Hydration is water weight as a percentage of flour weight. This mixer is specified for the 50 to 57 per cent band, which covers most bread and many pizza doughs but not the wetter ones - plenty of pizza and ciabatta recipes run at 60 per cent or above. Work out your recipe's hydration before ordering.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What supply does the SCP55 need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"415 V three-phase plus neutral at 3.3 kW, hard-wired by a licensed electrician. Our data records no amperage, so your electrician sizes the circuit from the kW figure. Note the 45 litre model in this range runs single phase on 15 A, so if three phase is not available that is the alternative.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the smallest batch it will mix properly?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The flour range starts at 0.25 kg, so it handles a quarter-kilo test batch as well as a full 25 kg load.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the inching reverse function do?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It drives the spiral backwards in short bursts. If dough climbs the hook or binds, a reverse burst frees it without you stopping the machine and reaching in.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it remember settings between batches?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It memorises a preferred mixing speed and runs programmable work steps, so a multi-stage mix repeats the same way regardless of who is operating it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the SCP55 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540011254061,"sku":"SCP55","price":4411.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-55l-spiral-mixer-scp55-5193656.png?v=1776427453"},{"product_id":"tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-45l-spiral-mixer-scp45","title":"Tyron Fixed Head Heavy Duty 45L Spiral Mixer – SCP45","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone SCP45 is a \u003cstrong\u003e45 litre fixed-head spiral mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e30 kg kneading capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e and a flour range of 0.25 to 20 kg — so it handles a single small batch as readily as a full one. Drive is belt plus a \u003cstrong\u003evariable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e giving 10 speeds with double action, and the control panel will \u003cstrong\u003ememorise your preferred mixing speed\u003c\/strong\u003e and run programmable work steps. Important: it is specified for \u003cstrong\u003e50 to 57 % hydration\u003c\/strong\u003e doughs. It needs a 15 A supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCP45\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecified for 50 to 57 % hydration dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — this is the spec to check before you buy - hydration is water weight as a percentage of flour weight, and many pizza and ciabatta recipes run wetter than 57 %. Check your own recipe against the band\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 kg kneading capacity from a 0.25 kg minimum\u003c\/strong\u003e — the low end matters as much as the high end: a mixer that cannot handle a quarter-kilo batch is useless for a trial or a small special\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable frequency drive, 10 speeds, double action\u003c\/strong\u003e — real speed control rather than two fixed gears, which is what lets one machine handle both a slow autolyse and a fast final mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMemorises your preferred speed\u003c\/strong\u003e — the recipe survives a staff change, instead of living in one person's head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable work steps with a digital timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — a multi-stage mix runs itself rather than needing someone to stand and watch the clock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInching reverse and positive reverse\u003c\/strong\u003e — short reverse bursts to free a jammed or climbing dough without stopping and digging it out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatically adjusts speed to maintain power output\u003c\/strong\u003e — the machine holds its kneading force as the dough stiffens, rather than bogging down at the point the mix matters most\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheat protection with an error code system\u003c\/strong\u003e — it protects itself and then tells you why it stopped\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable feet plus four castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — levels for daily use and rolls out for cleaning behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed-head spiral mixer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 270 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKneading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlour range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 to 20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable dough hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 57 per cent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10, double action, belt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital panel with speed and operating-time display; programmable work steps; speed memory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer and inching reverse; positive reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheating protection; error code system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 2.6 kW, 15 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 850 x 930 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 x 970 x 1050 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e160 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable feet and 4 castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus 1 year parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCP45 suits bakeries, pizzerias, patisseries and production kitchens mixing 20 to 30 kg batches through the day. The deciding spec is the hydration band: it is built for 50 to 57 % doughs, so check your recipe before committing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-spiral-mixers\"\u003ecommercial spiral mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt needs a \u003cstrong\u003e15 A\u003c\/strong\u003e supply. A 15 A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10 A socket, so confirm the circuit or budget for an electrician. At 160 kg it is a two or three-person move; it sits on adjustable feet with four castors, so it levels in place and rolls out for cleaning. Allow clearance above the bowl for loading and for the safety guard to lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the 50 to 57 % hydration specification mean for me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHydration is the water weight as a percentage of the flour weight. This mixer is specified for doughs in the 50 to 57 per cent band, which covers most bread and many pizza doughs but not the wetter ones - plenty of pizza and ciabatta recipes run at 60 per cent or above. Work out your own recipe's hydration before you order, and talk to us if it sits outside the band.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the smallest batch it will mix properly?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flour range starts at 0.25 kg, so it will handle a quarter-kilo test batch as well as a full 20 kg load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will the SCP45 run from a normal power point?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. At 2.6 kW it needs a 15 A supply. A 15 A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10 A socket, so confirm the circuit or budget for an electrician.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the inching reverse function do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt drives the spiral backwards in short bursts. If dough climbs the hook or binds, a reverse burst frees it without you stopping the machine and reaching in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it remember settings between batches?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It memorises a preferred mixing speed and runs programmable work steps, so a multi-stage mix repeats the same way regardless of who is operating it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the SCP45 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies \u003cstrong\u003eonly if you register the product within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/strong\u003e — miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the 50 to 57 % hydration specification mean for me?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Hydration is the water weight as a percentage of the flour weight. This mixer is specified for doughs in the 50 to 57 per cent band, which covers most bread and many pizza doughs but not the wetter ones - plenty of pizza and ciabatta recipes run at 60 per cent or above. Work out your own recipe's hydration before you order, and talk to us if it sits outside the band.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the smallest batch it will mix properly?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The flour range starts at 0.25 kg, so it will handle a quarter-kilo test batch as well as a full 20 kg load.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Will the SCP45 run from a normal power point?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. At 2.6 kW it needs a 15 A supply. A 15 A plug has a larger earth pin and will not fit a standard 10 A socket, so confirm the circuit or budget for an electrician.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the inching reverse function do?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It drives the spiral backwards in short bursts. If dough climbs the hook or binds, a reverse burst frees it without you stopping the machine and reaching in.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it remember settings between batches?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It memorises a preferred mixing speed and runs programmable work steps, so a multi-stage mix repeats the same way regardless of who is operating it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the SCP45 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year on parts and labour. A further year of parts-only cover applies only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice - miss that window and the second year does not apply. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540011352365,"sku":"SCP45","price":3476.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-45l-spiral-mixer-scp45-1961317.png?v=1776427453"},{"product_id":"tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-34l-spiral-mixer-scp34","title":"Tyron Fixed Head Heavy Duty 34L Spiral Mixer – SCP34","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyron SCP34 is a 34-litre fixed-head spiral mixer engineered for pizzerias, bakeries, and pastry kitchens producing 8–13 kg flour batches per cycle. The variable-frequency drive holds power output steady as dough develops, the dual-action bowl and 10-speed digital control panel let you dial in the exact development pattern your recipe needs, and a memory function recalls your preferred speed for repeat batches — useful when consistency across shifts matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"key-features\"\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e34 L bowl, up to 12.5 kg flour \/ 20 kg dough\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for daily pizzeria + small-batch bakery production\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariable Frequency Drive (VFD) + belt transmission\u003c\/strong\u003e — maintains power output as dough resistance grows; holds speed under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-action bowl + 10 selectable speeds\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers low-hydration pizza dough through high-hydration ciabatta (50–57% hydration sweet spot)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable work steps + memory function\u003c\/strong\u003e — saves your preferred speed and timing for repeat recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInching reverse + timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — push dough off the spiral cleanly; full digital control panel with operating-time display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in overload + error-code protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — automatic shutdown safeguards motor and gearbox\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety guard + 4 castors with adjustable feet\u003c\/strong\u003e — meets workplace standards; mobile when you need to clean behind it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyron\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP34\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP34\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBarcode\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9354525016239\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e34 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 × 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlour capacity (min – max)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 – 12.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDough\/kneading capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 (digital control + memory)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt + Variable Frequency Drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInching reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended hydration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–57%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower supply\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 15 A single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e⚠ 1.8 kW (corrected from page typo \"1.8W\")\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 × 850 × 860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 × 970 × 980 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 + adjustable feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months parts \u0026amp; labour + 12 months parts-only (with product registration within 14 days of invoice)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePizzerias producing 50–200 pizzas a day, neighbourhood bakeries, doughnut\/donut shops, sourdough operations, and pastry kitchens. The 12.5 kg flour ceiling is the practical limit — sites pushing past 15 kg flour batches consistently should look at a 50–60 L spiral mixer instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-notes\"\u003eInstallation notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle-phase 240 V on a 15 A circuit (not standard 10 A). Electrician should confirm circuit capacity. The unit needs a stable, level floor — use the adjustable feet to level before locking castors. Allow 200 mm of clearance behind for ventilation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much flour can the SCP34 handle per batch?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 0.25 – 12.5 kg flour per batch (≈20 kg total dough). Stay above 25% of the bowl capacity for even spiral action — under-loaded batches don't develop properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Pizza dough or bread dough — which is it built for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Both. The 50–57% hydration window covers the dense pizza-dough range and most artisan breads. Very wet doughs (ciabatta, focaccia at 70%+) handle but you'll need a slower speed and longer mix time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 240 V single-phase on a 15 A circuit (not the standard 10 A wall socket). A licensed electrician will confirm or install the correct outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does \"fixed head\" mean — can I tilt the bowl?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Fixed-head means the head and bowl don't separate — you load and unload through the bowl opening. It's faster and more rigid than a tilting design, but you'll use a dough scraper to clear the spiral on heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I move it around the kitchen?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — 4 castors are standard. Wheel into position, then drop the adjustable feet to level and stop unwanted movement during mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty cover applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 12 months parts and labour from invoice + an extra 12 months parts-only when you register the product within 14 days of invoice. Warranty work runs through our Granville NSW workshop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"related\"\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-spiral-mixers\"\u003eSee all commercial spiral mixers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eBrowse the full Tyron range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{ \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [ {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much flour can the SCP34 handle per batch?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"0.25–12.5 kg flour per batch (around 20 kg total dough). Stay above 25% of bowl capacity for even spiral action.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Pizza dough or bread dough — which is it built for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Both. The 50–57% hydration window covers pizza dough and most artisan breads. Very wet doughs handle at slower speeds.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"240 V single-phase on a 15 A circuit. A licensed electrician will confirm or install.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does fixed head mean?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Fixed-head means the head and bowl don't separate. Load and unload through the bowl opening.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I move it around the kitchen?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — 4 castors plus adjustable feet. Wheel into position then drop the feet to level.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty cover applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"12 months parts and labour plus an extra 12 months parts-only when registered within 14 days of invoice.\"}} ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540011385133,"sku":"SCP34","price":2881.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-34l-spiral-mixer-scp34-1139081.png?v=1776427452"},{"product_id":"tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-23l-spiral-mixer-scp23","title":"Tyron Fixed Head Heavy Duty 23L Spiral Mixer – SCP23","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tyrone SCP23 is a \u003cstrong\u003e23 litre fixed-head spiral mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e with a \u003cstrong\u003e360 x 210 mm bowl\u003c\/strong\u003e, taking \u003cstrong\u003e0.25 to 8 kg of flour\u003c\/strong\u003e. What separates it from a conventional spiral mixer is the drive: \u003cstrong\u003eten speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e, with the machine able to \u003cstrong\u003ememorise your preferred mixing speed\u003c\/strong\u003e and run \u003cstrong\u003eprogrammable work steps\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is rated for a \u003cstrong\u003e50 to 57% hydration recipe\u003c\/strong\u003e and runs from a \u003cstrong\u003estandard 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the SCP23\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eA working range from 0.25 kg of flour\u003c\/strong\u003e — the minimum matters as much as the maximum. Most spiral mixers cannot mix a quarter-kilo batch usefully, and this one is rated to - which is what makes it viable for a venue doing small runs of several doughs rather than one large one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated for 50 to 57% hydration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a stated working window rather than a vague claim. Wetter or drier than that and you are outside what the machine is specified for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTen speeds on a variable frequency drive\u003c\/strong\u003e — not two fixed speeds but a VFD-controlled range, and the machine remembers the speed you prefer. That matters if you run several dough types on one mixer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProgrammable work steps with a timer\u003c\/strong\u003e — set a sequence rather than standing at the controls. Combined with the speed memory it makes the result repeatable between staff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatically adjusts speed to maintain power output\u003c\/strong\u003e — as the dough stiffens the load rises; the drive compensates instead of bogging down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInching reverse and positive reverse\u003c\/strong\u003e — jog the bowl backwards to free dough and help unloading, which on a fixed-head machine is the awkward part\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital panel showing speed and operating time\u003c\/strong\u003e — both read rather than estimated, which is what makes a recipe repeatable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eError code system\u003c\/strong\u003e — a fault reports itself rather than presenting as a machine that will not start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverload and overheat protection\u003c\/strong\u003e — built in. A spiral mixer working stiff dough draws hard, and these are what stop an overloaded batch becoming a motor replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable feet and four castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — level it where it stands, roll it out to clean behind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety guard included\u003c\/strong\u003e — fitted as standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTyrone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ SKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSCP23\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpiral mixer, fixed head\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e23 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBowl size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlour capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0.25 to 8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydration range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 to 57%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10, variable frequency drive; double action\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelt and variable frequency drive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital panel with speed and operating-time display; programmable work steps; speed memory; timer; inching reverse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverload and overheat protection; safety guard included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable feet and 4 castors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240 V, 1.3 kW, 10 A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 x 730 x 770 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 860 x 890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts and labour, plus a 2nd year parts only if registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe SCP23 suits pizzerias, cafes and bakeries running several different doughs rather than one large batch — the 0.25 kg minimum and the ten-speed drive are what make that practical. It runs from a standard outlet, so there is no electrical work to budget for.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-spiral-mixers\"\u003ecommercial spiral mixers\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tyrone\"\u003eTyrone\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 10 A outlet\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.3 kW is about 5.4 A, so no electrical work is required. \u003cstrong\u003eDimensions are recorded width x depth x height\u003c\/strong\u003e: 500 mm wide, 730 mm deep, 770 mm tall, weighing \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e — it is a floor-standing machine despite the modest footprint, so plan the delivery path. It packs at 600 x 860 x 890 mm. Level it on the adjustable feet once positioned.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty condition:\u003c\/strong\u003e the second year of parts cover applies only if the product is registered within 14 days of invoice. Register it on delivery — it is easy to miss and it halves the cover if you do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms are per product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the variable frequency drive actually give me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen speeds instead of the usual two, and the ability to hold a chosen speed under changing load. The machine automatically adjusts to maintain power output as the dough stiffens, so it does not bog down at the end of a mix. It will also memorise your preferred speed and run programmable work steps, which is what makes the result repeatable between staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the smallest batch it will mix?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e0.25 kg of flour, up to a maximum of 8 kg. That low minimum is unusual - most spiral mixers cannot mix a quarter-kilo batch properly because the hook cannot engage so little dough. If you run several small doughs rather than one big one, that is the specification to note.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What hydration can it handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is rated for a 50 to 57% hydration recipe. That is a stated working window, so if you are running a high-hydration dough outside that range, talk to us before ordering rather than assuming it will cope.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What electrical supply does it need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA standard 10 amp outlet - 1.3 kW is roughly 5.4 amps. No electrical work required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I get the full two-year warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cover is 1 year parts and labour, plus a second year of parts only - but the second year applies only if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. Register it when it is delivered; missing that window leaves you with one year.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the variable frequency drive actually give me?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Ten speeds instead of the usual two, and the ability to hold a chosen speed under changing load. The machine automatically adjusts to maintain power output as the dough stiffens, so it does not bog down at the end of a mix. It will also memorise your preferred speed and run programmable work steps, which is what makes the result repeatable between staff.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the smallest batch it will mix?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"0.25 kg of flour, up to a maximum of 8 kg. That low minimum is unusual - most spiral mixers cannot mix a quarter-kilo batch properly because the hook cannot engage so little dough. If you run several small doughs rather than one big one, that is the specification to note.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What hydration can it handle?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is rated for a 50 to 57% hydration recipe. That is a stated working window, so if you are running a high-hydration dough outside that range, talk to us before ordering rather than assuming it will cope.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What electrical supply does it need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"A standard 10 amp outlet - 1.3 kW is roughly 5.4 amps. No electrical work required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I get the full two-year warranty?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The cover is 1 year parts and labour, plus a second year of parts only - but the second year applies only if you register the product within 14 days of the invoice. Register it when it is delivered; missing that window leaves you with one year.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Tyrone","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540011417901,"sku":"SCP23","price":2371.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tyron-fixed-head-heavy-duty-23l-spiral-mixer-scp23-3938937.png?v=1776427453"},{"product_id":"tde-4cd-tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-4x-435x350-tray-convection-oven","title":"Tecnodom Nerone EKO Digital 4x 435x350 Tray Convection Oven TDE-4CD","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-4CD is a benchtop digital convection oven from the Nerone Eko range, giving cafes, bakeries, patisseries and catering kitchens four-tray convection baking from a standard 240V 10A power point. It holds four 435 × 350 mm trays with 84 mm spacing, cooks from 50–280°C with a double-fan system, and pairs a double-display digital panel with memory for nine recipes — all at 2.35kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4CD\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 435 × 350 mm trays\u003c\/strong\u003e — 84 mm spacing keeps air moving around every bake; supplied with one solid tray and three wire racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-fan convection\u003c\/strong\u003e — twin fans circulate heat for even browning top to bottom, and stop automatically when the door opens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital control with 9-recipe memory\u003c\/strong\u003e — double display plus a 60-minute or infinite timer make repeat batches one-touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 10A power\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.35kW on a 240V 10A single-phase outlet — no dedicated circuit or special wiring needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded corners, an interlocking gasket system and halogen interior lighting keep it easy to clean and monitor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPX3-rated build\u003c\/strong\u003e — protected electronics, a high-resistance hinge and non-slip feet for commercial duty, behind a tempered low-e glass door.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4CD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 2.35kW, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 435 × 350 mm trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrays included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray + 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital, double display, 9-recipe memory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e464 × 420 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e589 × 680 × 580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 625 × 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CD suits cafes, bakeries, patisseries, pubs and catering kitchens that need repeatable four-tray convection baking from a compact bench footprint on a standard 10A outlet. High-volume production bakeries will want a larger floor oven, and sites that already run dedicated 15A circuits can also consider the TDE-4CD\/15 variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CD is plug-and-play on a standard 240V 10A single-phase power point at 2.35kW — no hardwiring or dedicated circuit required. It arrives packed at 720 × 625 × 750 mm with a 33 kg net weight, clearing standard doorways easily. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the difference between the TDE-4CD and the TDE-4CD\/15?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: They are the same Tecnodom Nerone Eko digital four-tray convection oven rated at 2.35kW; the TDE-4CD runs at 10A on a standard 240V power point, while the TDE-4CD\/15 draws up to 15A and needs a dedicated 15A outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the TDE-4CD hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It holds four 435 × 350 mm trays with 84 mm spacing between levels, and is supplied with one solid tray and three wire racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the TDE-4CD need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It runs on 240V single-phase power at 2.35kW, drawing up to 10A, so it plugs into a standard power point — no special wiring required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does the TDE-4CD reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The digital control sets temperatures from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the TDE-4CD come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: The TDE-4CD is covered by a 1-year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020625709,"sku":"TDE-4CD","price":1625.2,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-4x-435x350-tray-convection-oven-tde-4cd-1445306.png?v=1776427329"},{"product_id":"tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-4x-435x350-tray-convection-oven-tde-4cd-15","title":"TECNODOM Nerone EKO Digital 4x 435x350 Tray Convection Oven - TDE-4CD\/15","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-4CD\/15 is a benchtop digital convection oven from the Nerone Eko range, built for cafes, bakeries, delis and catering kitchens that need consistent four-tray baking. It holds four 435 × 350 mm trays with 84 mm spacing, cooks from 50–280°C with a double-fan system, and runs at 2.35 kW on a 240 V 15 A supply, with a double-display digital panel that stores nine recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4CD\/15\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 435 × 350 mm trays\u003c\/strong\u003e — 84 mm spacing keeps air moving around every bake; supplied with one solid tray and three wire racks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-fan convection\u003c\/strong\u003e — twin fans circulate heat for even browning top to bottom, and stop automatically when the door opens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital control with 9-recipe memory\u003c\/strong\u003e — double display plus a 60-minute or infinite timer make repeat batches one-touch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded corners, an interlocking gasket system and halogen interior lighting keep it easy to clean and monitor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIPX3-rated build\u003c\/strong\u003e — protected electronics, a high-resistance hinge and non-slip feet for commercial duty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTempered low-e glass door\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds heat in the chamber where it belongs, not on the glass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4CD\/15\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 2.35kW, 15A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 × 435 × 350 mm trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrays included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray + 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital, double display, 9-recipe memory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e464 × 420 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e589 × 680 × 580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 625 × 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e33 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CD\/15 suits cafes, bakeries, patisseries, pubs and catering kitchens that need repeatable four-tray convection baking from a compact bench footprint. It needs a 15 A outlet, so sites limited to standard 10 A power points should consider the 10 A TDE-4CD version instead, and high-volume production bakeries will want a larger floor oven.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CD\/15 runs at 2.35 kW on a 240 V 15 A single-phase supply, so it needs a dedicated 15 A outlet — have a licensed electrician install one if your bench position doesn't already have it. It arrives packed at 720 × 625 × 750 mm, clearing standard doorways easily. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Flexible finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the TDE-4CD\/15 and the TDE-4CD?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are the same Tecnodom Nerone Eko digital four-tray convection oven rated at 2.35 kW; the TDE-4CD\/15 draws up to 15 A and needs a dedicated 240 V 15 A outlet, while the TDE-4CD runs at 10 A on a standard power point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does the TDE-4CD\/15 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds four 435 × 350 mm trays with 84 mm spacing between levels, and is supplied with one solid tray and three wire racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the TDE-4CD\/15 need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on 240 V single-phase power at 2.35 kW, drawing up to 15 A, so it needs a dedicated 15 A outlet — a licensed electrician can fit one if your site doesn't have it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the TDE-4CD\/15 reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe digital control sets temperatures from 50°C to 280°C, with a 60-minute or infinite timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the TDE-4CD\/15 store recipes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the digital double-display panel stores up to nine recipes, so repeat batches run at the touch of a button.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020658477,"sku":"TDE-4CD\/15","price":1495.32,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-4x-435x350-tray-convection-oven-tde-4cd15-7886955.png?v=1776427330"},{"product_id":"tde-4cgnd-tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-4x-gn-1-1-tray-convection-oven","title":"Tecnodom Nerone EKO Digital 4x GN 1\/1 Tray Convection Oven TDE-4CGND","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-4CGND is a digital benchtop convection oven from the Nerone EKO range that bakes, roasts and reheats across 4 x GN 1\/1 trays, built for cafes, bakeries, delis and commercial kitchens that need repeatable batch cooking without a floor-standing footprint. Double-fan convection, a 9-recipe digital memory and a 50 to 280°C range all run from a standard 240V 15A single-phase supply (686 x 663 x 580 mm, 37 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4CGND\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x GN 1\/1 tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — cooks four gastronorm trays at once with 84 mm spacing, so pans move straight between cold storage, oven and pass.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-fan convection\u003c\/strong\u003e — even heat across every shelf for uniform colour tray to tray, and the fans stop automatically when the door opens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital control with 9-recipe memory\u003c\/strong\u003e — a protected digital panel with double display stores settings for repeatable results across shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 to 280°C range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers gentle proving through to high-heat roasting, with a 60-minute or infinite timer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded corners, an interlocking gasket fixing system and IPX3-rated build make daily cleaning fast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V single-phase power\u003c\/strong\u003e — draws 3.15 kW through a 15A socket, so no three-phase installation is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4CGND\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven (Digital)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x GN 1\/1 trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 3.15 kW, 15A single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50°C to 280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble fan (stop on door open)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital panel, double display, 9-recipe memory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e686 × 663 × 580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 420 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 725 × 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray and 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CGND suits cafes, bakeries, patisseries, delis and function kitchens that batch-bake, roast and reheat in gastronorm pans — the GN 1\/1 format means trays move straight from GN-fitted cold storage into the oven. Kitchens baking on 600 x 400 mm bakery trays are better served by the TDE-3BD from the same range, and high-volume production lines needing steam or combi functions should look beyond a benchtop convection unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CGND runs on a standard 240V single-phase supply, drawing 3.15 kW through a 15A socket — if your kitchen does not have a dedicated 15A outlet, have a licensed electrician install one before delivery. Packed at 720 x 725 x 750 mm (37 kg net), it fits through standard doorways; allow two people to lift it onto the bench. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many trays does the Tecnodom TDE-4CGND hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds 4 x GN 1\/1 trays with 84 mm spacing between runners, and ships with 1 solid tray and 3 wire racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat power supply does the TDE-4CGND need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on 240V single-phase, drawing 3.15 kW through a 15A socket, so no three-phase installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the TDE-4CGND cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates from 50°C to 280°C with a 60-minute or infinite timer, covering proving, baking, roasting and reheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the TDE-4CGND come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CGND is covered by a 1-year parts and labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the TDE-4CGND ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020691245,"sku":"TDE-4CGND","price":1802.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-4x-gn-11-tray-convection-oven-tde-4cgnd-5499313.png?v=1776427329"},{"product_id":"tde-3bd-tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-3x-600x400-tray-convection-oven","title":"Tecnodom Nerone EKO Digital 3x 600x400mm Tray Convection Oven TDE-3BD","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-3BD is a digital benchtop convection oven from the Nerone EKO range that bakes, proves and roasts across three 600 x 400 mm bakery trays, built for bakeries, patisseries, cafes and delis that bake on full-size bakery trays but do not have room for a rack oven. Double-fan convection, a 9-recipe digital memory and a generous 105 mm tray pitch run from a standard 240V 15A single-phase supply (775 x 720 x 560 mm, 40 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-3BD\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 x 600 x 400 mm tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — takes standard bakery trays, so doughs and pastries move straight from prep to oven without re-panning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e105 mm tray pitch\u003c\/strong\u003e — taller spacing than the rest of the Nerone EKO range gives loaves, croissants and rising bakes room to lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-fan convection\u003c\/strong\u003e — even heat across all three trays for uniform colour, and the fans stop automatically when the door opens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital control with 9-recipe memory\u003c\/strong\u003e — a protected digital panel with double display stores settings for repeatable bakes across shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 to 280°C range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers proving-low through to high-heat baking and roasting, with a 60-minute or infinite timer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy-clean stainless chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded corners, tempered low-e glass, halogen interior lighting and IPX3-rated build.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-3BD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven (Digital)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x 600 x 400 mm trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 3.15 kW, 15A single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50°C to 280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble fan (stop on door open)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDigital panel, double display, 9-recipe memory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e775 × 720 × 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 × 459 × 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 800 × 730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray and 2 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-3BD suits bakeries, patisseries, cafes and dessert bars that bake on 600 x 400 mm trays and want digital repeatability from a bench-mounted footprint. Kitchens that work in gastronorm pans should look at the GN 1\/1 TDE-4CGND instead, and operators who want a grill function with manual control on the same 600 x 400 format are matched to the TDE-3BG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-3BD runs on a standard 240V single-phase supply, drawing 3.15 kW through a 15A socket — if your kitchen does not have a dedicated 15A outlet, have a licensed electrician install one before delivery. Packed at 750 x 800 x 730 mm (40 kg net), check doorway clearance for the 800 mm-deep carton and allow two people to lift it onto the bench. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Flexible finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many trays does the Tecnodom TDE-3BD hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds three 600 x 400 mm bakery trays with a 105 mm pitch between tray positions, and ships with 1 solid tray and 2 wire racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power supply does the TDE-3BD need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on 240V single-phase, drawing 3.15 kW through a 15A socket, so no three-phase installation is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the TDE-3BD a digital oven?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It has a digital control panel with a double display and memory for up to 9 recipes, so settings can be stored and recalled for repeatable bakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the TDE-3BD and the TDE-3BG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth hold three 600 x 400 mm trays. The TDE-3BD is the digital version with double display and 9-recipe memory, while the TDE-3BG uses manual 3-knob control and adds grill and grill + convection functions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat temperature range does the TDE-3BD cover?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates from 50°C to 280°C with a 60-minute or infinite timer, covering proving through to high-heat baking and roasting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020756781,"sku":"TDE-3BD","price":1829.2,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-digital-3x-600x400-tray-convection-oven-tde-3bd-4543320.png?v=1776427329"},{"product_id":"tde-4cgng-tecnodom-nerone-eko-4x-gn-1-1-tray-convection-oven-with-grill","title":"TECNODOM Nerone EKO 4x GN 1\/1 Tray Convection Oven with Grill TDE-4CGNG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-4CGNG is a benchtop convection oven with grill from the Nerone EKO range that fan-bakes, browns and finishes across 4 x GN 1\/1 trays, built for cafes, takeaways, bakeries and function kitchens that work in gastronorm pans and want grill finishing without a floor-standing combi. It draws 3.15 kW on a 240V single-phase supply, spans 50 to 280°C and keeps control to a simple 3-knob panel (686 x 660 x 580 mm, 37 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4CGNG\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill and grill + convection functions\u003c\/strong\u003e — one unit browns, finishes and gratinates as well as fan-bakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x GN 1\/1 tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — gastronorm format with 84 mm spacing — pans move straight from GN-fitted cold storage into the oven.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFan-forced even cooking\u003c\/strong\u003e — circulating heat delivers uniform colour across all four trays, and the fans stop when the door opens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple 3-knob control\u003c\/strong\u003e — manual function, temperature and timer control (60-minute or infinite) keeps staff training minimal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded corners, an interlocking gasket fixing system and IPX3-rated build simplify daily cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e240V single-phase power\u003c\/strong\u003e — draws 3.15 kW through a 15A socket, so no three-phase installation is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4CGNG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven with Grill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x GN 1\/1 trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunctions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrill, Grill + Convection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 3.15 kW single-phase (15A socket)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50°C to 280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 knobs (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e686 × 660 × 580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 × 420 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 725 × 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e37 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray and 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CGNG suits cafes, bakeries, takeaways and function kitchens that cook in gastronorm pans and want grill finishing on the same footprint — ideal where a full combi oven is more than the menu needs. Operators who want recipe memory and digital repeatability instead of a grill should look at the digital TDE-4CGND, while kitchens on 600 x 400 mm bakery trays are better matched to the TDE-3BG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CGNG runs on a standard 240V single-phase supply, drawing 3.15 kW through a 15A socket — if your kitchen does not have a dedicated 15A outlet, have a licensed electrician install one before delivery. Packed at 720 x 725 x 750 mm (37 kg net), it fits through standard doorways; allow two people to lift it onto the bench. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Interest-free finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many trays does the Tecnodom TDE-4CGNG hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It holds 4 x GN 1\/1 trays with 84 mm spacing between runners, and ships with 1 solid tray and 3 wire racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the TDE-4CGNG have a grill function?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It offers a dedicated grill function plus a combined grill + convection mode, so one unit can brown, finish and fan-bake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the TDE-4CGNG need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It runs on 240V single-phase, drawing 3.15 kW through a 15A socket, so no three-phase connection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range does the TDE-4CGNG cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: It operates from 50°C to 280°C with a 60-minute or infinite timer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the TDE-4CGNG ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA: Yes. It is dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020789549,"sku":"TDE-4CGNG","price":1870.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-4x-gn-11-tray-convection-oven-with-grill-tde-4cgng-9427487.png?v=1776427329"},{"product_id":"tecnodom-nerone-eko-4x-435x350-tray-convection-oven-with-grill-tde-4cg","title":"TECNODOM Nerone EKO 4x 435x350 Tray Convection Oven with Grill - TDE-4CG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-4CG is a benchtop convection oven with grill from the Nerone EKO range that fan-bakes, roasts and browns across four 435 x 350 mm trays, built for cafes, delis, takeaways and pub kitchens that want convection cooking plus grill finishing from one compact electric unit. It draws just 2.35 kW through a standard 240V 10A outlet, spans a 50 to 280°C range and loads through an Overture folding door.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4CG\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill and grill + convection functions\u003c\/strong\u003e — brown, finish and gratinate as well as fan-bake, with no second appliance needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x 435 x 350 mm tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — four compact trays with 84 mm spacing suit pastries, toasted items and small-batch roasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 10A power\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2.35 kW at 240V plugs into a normal power point, with no 15A outlet or three-phase installation required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverture folding door\u003c\/strong\u003e — tempered low-e glass door folds open for large-opening loading and keeps bench space clear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded corners, an interlocking gasket fixing system and an IPX3-rated build wipe clean quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple 3-knob control\u003c\/strong\u003e — manual temperature and function control with a 60-minute or infinite timer keeps training minimal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4CG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven with Grill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 435 x 350 mm trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunctions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrill, Grill + Convection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 2.35 kW, 10A single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50°C to 280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverture folding door, tempered low-e glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 knobs (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e589 × 660 × 580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e464 × 420 × 370 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 × 625 × 725 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray and 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CG suits cafes, takeaways, delis and pub kitchens that need fan-forced baking plus grilling from a standard power point — its 435 x 350 mm tray format gives the smallest footprint in the Nerone EKO benchtop family. Kitchens working in gastronorm pans can look at the GN-tray TDE-4CGN and TDE-4CGND, while sites that want the same four-tray format without the grill can consider the digital TDE-4CD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CG plugs into a standard 240V 10A outlet, drawing 2.35 kW — no dedicated circuit, 15A socket or electrician required for a compliant existing power point. Packed at 720 x 625 x 725 mm, it fits through standard doorways; allow two people to lift it onto the bench. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat tray size does the Tecnodom TDE-4CG hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds four 435 x 350 mm trays with 84 mm spacing between runners, and ships with 1 solid tray and 3 wire racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the TDE-4CG have a grill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It offers a dedicated grill function plus a combined grill + convection mode for browning, finishing and gratinating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan the TDE-4CG run off a normal power point?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It draws 2.35 kW on 240V single-phase through a standard 10A outlet, so no 15A socket or three-phase installation is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the internal cooking dimensions of the TDE-4CG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cooking chamber measures 464 x 420 x 370 mm (W x D x H), while the unit itself is 589 x 660 x 580 mm externally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty does the TDE-4CG come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-4CG is covered by a 1-year parts and labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020822317,"sku":"TDE-4CG","price":1870.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-4x-435x350-tray-convection-oven-with-grill-tde-4cg-6717005.png?v=1776427329"},{"product_id":"tde-4b-tecnodom-nerone-eko-4x-600x400-tray-convection-oven","title":"Tecnodom Nerone EKO TDE-4B Convection Oven — 4 x 600 x 400mm Trays","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom Nerone EKO TDE-4B is an Italian-built benchtop convection oven sized for 4 x 600 x 400 mm pastry trays — the European baking format favoured by bakeries, cafes and pastry kitchens. It pairs a stainless steel chamber with rounded corners, tempered low-e glass and an Overture folding door that opens vertically to free up bench space during loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-4B\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 x 600 x 400 mm tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — the European pastry and bakery standard, with one solid tray plus three wire racks included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50–280 °C range\u003c\/strong\u003e — covers proofing at the low end through pastry, bread and high-heat baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverture folding door\u003c\/strong\u003e — opens vertically to save bench space when loading and unloading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless chamber, rounded corners\u003c\/strong\u003e — quicker daily cleaning than square-chamber ovens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eItalian-built forced convection\u003c\/strong\u003e — tuned airflow for an even bake across all four levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel (MPN)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-4B\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNerone EKO\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 x 600 x 400 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray + 3 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50–280 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControls\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 knobs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 3.15 kW, 15A single-phase\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal chamber (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 x 459 x 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e775 x 720 x 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 x 800 x 730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBest suited to cafes, bakeries, pastry operations, small-site restaurants and commercial kitchens baking in volume on 600 x 400 mm trays. The benchtop footprint saves floor space against full-height convection ovens while still delivering four-level bake capacity. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e or compare it against every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection oven\u003c\/a\u003e we stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe TDE-4B requires a 15A single-phase outlet — not a standard 10A wall plug.\u003c\/strong\u003e At 3.15 kW draw, confirm a dedicated 15A circuit is available before purchase, or schedule a licensed electrician to install one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipment finance is available through SilverChef, with approvals up to around $65,000 in roughly five minutes — a practical option for fit-outs spreading the cost of new bakery equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty \u0026amp; support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBacked by 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour. Tecnodom is Italian-built and parts are stocked locally through our Granville NSW showroom. Full terms are on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the TDE-4B run on a standard 10A plug?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it needs a 15A single-phase outlet. Total draw is 3.15 kW. Plan for a licensed electrician to install a dedicated 15A circuit if your site does not already have one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tray sizes does it take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4 x 600 x 400 mm trays — the standard European pastry format. One solid tray and three wire racks are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for savoury cooking or just pastry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth. The 50–280 °C range covers proofing, pastry, bread, savoury bakes and some roasting. For steam-assisted or combi cooking, consider a combi-steam oven instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow even is the bake across the four levels?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe forced-convection airflow is tuned for even results, but as with any four-level oven, rotating trays mid-bake is recommended for demanding items such as laminated dough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit under a wall-mounted extraction canopy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal height is 560 mm. Allow 150–200 mm venting clearance above, plus canopy capture height — a 900–1100 mm canopy mount height typically works, but confirm against your specific canopy model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020855085,"sku":"TDE-4B","price":2006.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-4x-600x400-tray-convection-oven-tde-4b-7419075.png?v=1776427328"},{"product_id":"tde-3bg-tecnodom-nerone-eko-3x-600x400-tray-convection-oven-with-grill","title":"TECNODOM Nerone EKO 3x 600x400 Tray Convection Oven with Grill TDE-3BG","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Tecnodom TDE-3BG is a benchtop convection oven with grill from the Nerone EKO range that fan-bakes, browns and finishes across three 600 x 400 mm bakery trays, built for bakeries, cafes, patisseries and catering kitchens that bake on full-size bakery trays and want grill colour without a combi oven. A 3.15 kW main element plus 1.7 kW grill run on a 240V 15A single-phase supply, with a 105 mm tray pitch and Overture folding door (775 x 720 x 560 mm, 40 kg net).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the TDE-3BG\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrill and grill + convection functions\u003c\/strong\u003e — switch between fan-forced baking and grilling, or run both together for finishing and colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 x 600 x 400 mm tray capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — takes standard bakery trays with a 105 mm pitch, so rising bakes and tall product have room to lift.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.15 kW main element plus 1.7 kW grill\u003c\/strong\u003e — on a 240V 15A single-phase supply — no three-phase installation required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverture folding door\u003c\/strong\u003e — tempered low-e glass door folds open for large-opening loading with clear sight of the bake.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel chamber\u003c\/strong\u003e — rounded corners, an interlocking gasket fixing system and IPX3-rated build keep cleaning simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple 3-knob control\u003c\/strong\u003e — manual function, temperature and timer control (60-minute or infinite) keeps training minimal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTecnodom\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTDE-3BG\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchtop Convection Oven with Grill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x 600 x 400 mm trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e105 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunctions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrill, Grill + Convection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.15 kW (plus 1.7 kW grill element), 240V, 15A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50°C to 280°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTimer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60-minute or infinite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverture folding door, tempered low-e glass\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eControl\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 knobs (manual)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPX3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e775 × 720 × 560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 × 459 × 350 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e750 × 800 × 730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncludes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 solid tray and 2 wire racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-3BG suits bakeries, patisseries, cafes and catering kitchens that bake on 600 x 400 mm trays and want grill finishing for gratins, melts and colour on the same footprint. Operators who would rather have digital recipe memory than a grill should choose the TDE-3BD on the same tray format, while kitchens working in gastronorm pans are better matched to the GN 1\/1 TDE-4CGNG.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bench-top-convection-ovens\"\u003ebenchtop convection ovens\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/tecnodom\"\u003eTecnodom range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe TDE-3BG runs on a 240V single-phase supply at 15A, drawing 3.15 kW from the main element plus 1.7 kW when the grill runs — if your kitchen does not have a dedicated 15A outlet, have a licensed electrician install one before delivery. Packed at 750 x 800 x 730 mm (40 kg net), check doorway clearance for the 800 mm-deep carton and allow two people to lift it onto the bench. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Interest-free finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty is 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow many trays does the Tecnodom TDE-3BG hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt holds three 600 x 400 mm bakery trays with 105 mm spacing between tray positions, and ships with 1 solid tray and 2 wire racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the TDE-3BG have a grill?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It offers a grill function and a grill + convection function, so you can brown and finish food as well as fan-bake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat power supply does the TDE-3BG need?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt runs on 240V single-phase at 15A, drawing 3.15 kW from the main element plus 1.7 kW for the grill element, so no three-phase connection is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between the TDE-3BG and the TDE-3BD?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth hold three 600 x 400 mm trays. The TDE-3BG uses manual 3-knob control and adds grill and grill + convection functions, while the TDE-3BD is the digital version with double display and 9-recipe memory but no grill mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the TDE-3BG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExternal dimensions are 775 x 720 x 560 mm (W x D x H) with an internal chamber of 650 x 459 x 350 mm and a net weight of 40 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Tecnodom","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540020887853,"sku":"TDE-3BG","price":1835.32,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/tecnodom-nerone-eko-3x-600x400-tray-convection-oven-with-grill-tde-3bg-5948705.png?v=1776427328"}],"url":"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bakery-patisserie-equipment.oembed?page=6","provider":"Commercial Kitchen Appliances","version":"1.0","type":"link"}